Juniper M40e Hardware manual

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 1

Overview of the M40e Router

•

M40e System Redundancy on page 4

•

M40e System Description

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router is a complete routing system that provides

SONET/SDH, ATM, Ethernet, and channelized interfaces for large networks and network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs).

The router architecture cleanly separates control operations from packet forwarding operations, which helps to eliminate processing and traffic bottlenecks. Control operations in the router are performed by the Routing Engine, which runs Junos OS to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management.

Application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), a definitive part of the router design, enable the router to forward data at the high speeds demanded by current network media. Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding

Engine, which consists of hardware, including ASICs, designed by Juniper Networks. The

Packet Forwarding Engine can forward up to 40 million packets per second (Mpps) for all packet sizes. The router’s maximum aggregate throughput is 3.2 gigabits per second

(Gbps) full duplex per FPC. Inserting a combination of PICs with an aggregate higher than the maximum throughput is supported, but constitutes oversubscription of the FPC.

The router accommodates up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), which can each be configured with a variety of network media types, altogether providing up to

32 OC12/STM4, 32 Gigabit Ethernet, or eight OC48/STM16 ports per system. The router height of 35 in. (89 cm) enables stacked installation of two M40e systems in a single floor-to-ceiling rack, for increased port density per unit of floor space.

Documentation

•

M40e System Redundancy on page 4

•

•

•

indefinitely. For more information, see “M40e Cooling System Description” on page 48.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

M40e System Redundancy

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. The following hardware components contribute to system redundancy:

• Cooling system—When the temperature inside the router is below the acceptable maximum, the cooling system’s components function at less than full speed. If the temperature becomes excessive—for example, because a cooling system component is removed—the MCS automatically increases the speed of the remaining components to reduce the temperature. The cooling system can function at the higher speed

• FPC—Each FPC has two I/O Manager ASICs, one that interacts with the active SFM and the other in standby mode. If two SFMs are installed and the active one stops functioning, the standby I/O Manager ASIC automatically becomes active when the

standby SFM boots and becomes the active SFM. For more information, see “M40e

Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description” on page 13.

• Host module (Routing Engine and MCS functioning together)—The router can have one or two host modules. If two host modules are installed, one (the master) is active and the other is in standby mode. If the master host module (or either of its components) is removed from the chassis, the standby host module becomes active.

The Routing Engine and MCS must reside in adjacent slots and be fully operational for

the host module to function. For more information, see “M40e Host Module Description” on page 23.

• PCG—The router has two PCGs. Both PCGs send their clock signals to the other Packet

Forwarding Engine components, along with a signal that indicates which clock is the master. If one PCG fails, the other PCG becomes the master system clock. For more

information, see “M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description” on page 18.

• Power supply—The router has two load-sharing, fully redundant power supplies to distribute either AC or DC power to the other components. If one power supply fails, the second power supply can provide full power to the router's components indefinitely.

For more information, see “M40e Power System Description” on page 42.

• SFM—The router can have one or two SFMs. If two SFMs are installed, one is active and the other is in standby mode. If the active SFM fails or is removed from the chassis, the standby SFM automatically boots and becomes the active SFM. For more

information, see “M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description” on page 20.

In the base configuration, the router has one host module and SFM, and multiple PCGs, power supplies, and cooling system components.

Documentation

•

•

•

•

Chapter 1: Overview of the M40e Router

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 2

M40e Hardware Components

•

M40e Midplane Description on page 11

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

•

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description on page 20

•

•

M40e SFM LEDs on page 23

•

M40e Host Module Description on page 23

•

M40e Routing Engine 333 on page 27

•

•

M40e Routing Engine 333 LEDS on page 29

•

M40e Routing Engine 600 on page 29

•

M40e Routing Engine 600 LEDS on page 31

•

M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) Description on page 31

•

M40e MCS LEDs on page 33

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

•

Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface on page 37

•

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

M40e Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 39

•

•

M40e Cable Management System Description on page 49

•

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

M40e Chassis Description

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses the other hardware components. The chassis is 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) wide and 29 in. (73.6 cm) deep. The chassis height of 35 in. (89 cm) enables stacked installation of two M40e

routers in a single floor-to-ceiling rack. For more information, see “M40e Rack Size and

Strength” on page 69.

The two front support posts and center-mounting brackets (one on each side) extend the chassis width to 19 in. (48.3 cm).

The chassis includes the following electrical safety components:

• Two electrostatic discharge (ESD) points (banana plug receptacles), one front and

one rear, as shown in Figure 1 on page 9 and Figure 2 on page 10

•

Two internally threaded grounding points, as shown in Figure 2 on page 10

Figure 1 on page 9, Figure 2 on page 10, and Figure 3 on page 10 show three views of the

router chassis.

For chassis serial number information , see “Displaying M40e Router Components and

Serial Numbers” on page 299.

Figure 1: Front of M40e Chassis

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 2: Rear of M40e Chassis with Component Cover in Place

Figure 3: Rear of M40e Chassis with Component Cover Removed

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a router, attach an

ESD strap to an ESD point and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD strap can result in damage to the router.

WARNING: The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.

For further safety information, see “General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers” on page 229.

Documentation

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

•

•

and forming the rear of the FPC card cage (see Figure 4 on page 12). All router components

M40e Midplane Description

The midplane is a panel located in the center of the chassis, running from side to side

other than PICs plug directly into the midplane. The midplane contains an EEPROM that stores the serial number and revision level of the midplane.

The midplane performs the functions:

• Transfer of packets—The midplane accepts an incoming packet after it is processed by an FPC, and transmits it to an SFM. The SFM performs switching and forwarding functions and transfers outgoing packets back across the midplane to the FPCs for transmission to the network.

• Power distribution—The midplane distributes power to all router components from the power supplies attached to it.

• Signal connectivity—The midplane transports the signals exchanged by system components for monitoring and control purposes.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 4: M40e Midplane

For chassis serial number information , see “Displaying M40e Router Components and

Serial Numbers” on page 299.

Documentation

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

• M40e PIC Overview

M40e PICs Description

PICs physically connect the M40e Multiservice Edge Router to network media. They are housed in Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs).

PICs receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network, performing framing and line-speed signaling for their media type as required.

PICs also encapsulate outgoing packets received from the FPCs before transmitting them. The controller ASIC on each PIC performs additional control functions specific to the PIC media type.

The router supports various PICs, including ATM, Channelized, Gigabit Ethernet, IP Services, and SONET/SDH interfaces.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Some PICs accept small form-factor pluggables (SFPs), which are fiber-optic transceivers that can be removed from the PIC. Various SFPs have different reach characteristics.

You can mix them in a single PIC and change the combination dynamically. SFPs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. ,

M40e PIC Slots

The number of ports on a PIC depends on the type of PIC. You can install up to four PICs in each Type 1 FPC and one PIC in each Type 2 FPC. Blank PICs resemble other PICs but do not provide any physical connection or activity. When a slot is not occupied by a PIC, you must insert a blank PIC to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system.

PICs installed on Type 1 FPCs and Type 2 FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

M40e PIC Components

Most PICs supported on the M40e Multiservice Edge Router have the following components:

• One or more cable connector ports—Accept a network media connector.

• LEDs—Indicate PIC status. Most PICs have an LED labeled STATUS on the PIC faceplate.

Some PICs have additional LEDs, often one per port. The meaning of the LED states differs for various PICs. See each PIC description for more information about the LEDs.

• Offline button—Prepares the PIC for removal from the FPC when pressed.

• Type 1 PICs—The offline button for each PIC is next to it on the FPC.

• Type 2 PICs—The offline button is on the PIC faceplate.

Documentation

•

• M40e PICs Supported.

• End-of-Life PICs Supported (M40e Router)

•

Replacing an SFP in an M40e PIC on page 208

•

•

Connecting the M40e PIC Cables on page 116

•

Troubleshooting PICs on the M40e Router on page 153

•

Replacing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 198

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description

FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable

Units (FRUs)” on page 157. When you remove or install an FPC, packet forwarding halts

for about 200 ms while the Packet Forwarding Engine adjusts to the change in the amount of memory available in the pool located on and shared by all FPCs. When you install an

FPC into a functioning router, the Routing Engine downloads the FPC software, the FPC runs its diagnostics, and the PICs housed on the FPC are enabled. Forwarding continues

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

uninterrupted during this process. For FPC replacement instructions, see “Replacing an

FPC in an M40e Router” on page 191.

•

M40e FPC Function on page 14

•

M40e FPC Slots on page 14

•

M40e FPC Components on page 15

•

Identifying M40e FPCs on page 16

M40e FPC Function

Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) house the PICs that connect the router to network

media (for information about PICs, see “M40e PICs Description” on page 12). The main

function of an FPC is to connect the PICs installed in it to the other router components.

An I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC divides each incoming data packet into 64-byte cells and passes the cells through the midplane to the SFM, where another ASIC decides how to distribute them among the memory buffers located on and shared by all installed

FPCs. After the SFM decides how to forward a packet, an I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles the corresponding data cells back into network-packet form and passes the packet to the appropriate PIC for transmission to the network. For more information,

see “M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture” on page 60.

M40e FPC Slots

Up to eight FPCs install vertically into the midplane from the front of the chassis. The

FPC slots are numbered from FPC0 to FPC7, left to right. Each FPC accommodates either one or up to four PICs, depending on the type of FPC and PIC. The PIC slots in each FPC are numbered from 0 (zero) through 3, top to bottom. An FPC can be installed into any

FPC slot, regardless of the PICs it contains, and any combination of slots can be used. If a slot is empty, you must install a blank FPC panel to shield it, so that cooling air can circulate properly throughout the card cage.

Figure 5 on page 15, which shows a chassis with an FPC in slot FPC0, omits the blank

FPC panels to show the position of the FPC in the card cage.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Figure 5: Front of M40e Chassis with Four-PIC FPC Installed in Slot FPC0

M40e FPC Components

An FPC has the components:

• FPC card carrier—Houses the ASICs, connectors, and processor subsystem.

• Two I/O Manager ASICs—Parse Layer 2 and Layer 3 data and perform encapsulation and segmentation. One I/O Manager ASIC is active, interacting with the active SFM, while the other is in standby mode, prepared to interact with the standby SFM if it is installed and becomes active. The active I/O Manager ASIC divides incoming packets into 64-byte data cells for easier processing, and reassembles the cells for each packet after the forwarding decision is made for it.

• Two Packet Director ASICs—Transfer packets between the PICs and the active I/O

Manager ASIC: one directs incoming packets from the PICs to the active I/O Manager

ASIC, while the second directs outgoing packets from the I/O Manager ASIC to the

PICs.

• Four identical synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) dual inline memory modules

(DIMMs)—Form the memory pool shared with the other FPCs installed in the router.

• Parity-protected synchronous SRAM (SSRAM)—Stores data structures used by the

I/O Manager ASICs.

• Processor subsystem—Manages packet handling in the FPC and communication with the SFM. It is a PowerPC 603e-based CPU with parity-protected DRAM.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number and revision level of the FPC.

• Two LEDs—Indicate FPC status. The LED labeled OK is green and the one labeled FAIL is red. The LEDs for each FPC are located on the router craft interface. For more

information, see “FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface” on page 38.

• Offline button—Prepares the FPC for removal from the router when pressed. Like the

LEDs, an offline button is located on the craft interface. For more information, see “FPC

LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface” on page 38.

• Four PIC offline buttons (on Type 1 FPCs only)—Prepare each corresponding PIC for removal from the FPC.

• Ejector levers—Control the locking system that secures the FPC in the card cage.

NOTE: For specific information about FPC components (for example, the amount of memory available), issue the show chassis fpc command.

Identifying M40e FPCs

Figure 6 on page 16 shows the standard M40e FPC.

Figure 6: M40e FPC

Figure 7 on page 17 shows the Enhanced Plus FPC1 and Enhanced Plus FPC2 supported

by the M40e router.

Figure 7: M40e Enhanced Plus FPCs

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting FPCs on the M40e Router on page 152

•

M40e FPCs Supported

The M40e router supports the FPCs listed in Table 3 on page 17.

NOTE: Inserting a combination of PICs with an aggregate throughput higher than the maximum throughput per FPC is supported but constitutes oversubscription of the FPC.

Table 3: FPCs Supported by the M40e Router

FPC Type FPC Name FPC Model Number

FPC M40e-FPC

Enhanced Plus FPC1 M40e-FPC1-EP

Maximum

Number of

PICs

Supported

Maximum

Throughput per FPC (full duplex)

First Junos OS

Release

3.2 Gbps

5.2

7.2

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 3: FPCs Supported by the M40e Router (continued)

FPC Type

FPC Name FPC Model Number

Enhanced Plus FPC2 M40e-FPC2-EP 1

Maximum

Number of

PICs

Supported

Maximum

Throughput per FPC (full duplex)

First Junos OS

Release

3.2 Gbps 7.3

Documentation

•

•

Troubleshooting FPCs on the M40e Router on page 152

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router has two Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators

(PCGs) installed in the slots at the rear of the chassis that are labeled PCG 0 and PCG 1,

as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The PCGs generate a 125-MHz clock

signal used to gate packet processing. During startup, the active Routing Engine determines which PCG is master and which is backup, and the MCS relays the decision to the PCGs and to the modules and ASICs in the Packet Forwarding Engine that use the clock signal. The modules and ASICs then use only the signal from the master source.

PCGs are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removal or failure of the backup PCG does not affect router function. When

the master PCG fails or is removed from the chassis, however, the Packet Forwarding

Engine resets so that the components start using the signal from the other PCG (which becomes the master). The Packet Forwarding Engine cannot accept incoming packets until each PFE component, including the SFM and FPCs, resets to recognize the new master PCG. This can result in traffic halting for several minutes.

For PCG replacement instructions, see “Replacing a PCG in an M40e Router” on page 196.

Each PCG (shown in Figure 8 on page 19) has the components:

• Signal generator—Provides a 125-MHz system clock signal.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number and revision level of the PCG.

• Three LEDs—Indicate PCG status. There is a blue one labeled MASTER, a green one

labeled OK, and an yellow one labeled FAIL. “M40e PCG LEDs” on page 19 describes

the LED states.

• Offline button—Prepares the PCG for removal from the router when pressed.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Figure 8: M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generator

Figure 9 on page 19 shows the location of the PCGs on the M40e and M160 router chassis.

Figure 9: M40e and M160 Router PCG Location

Documentation

•

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 60

•

M40e PCG LEDs

Three LEDs indicate PCG status. There is a blue one labeled MASTER, a green one labeled

, and an yellow one labeled FAIL. Table 4 on page 20 describes the LED states.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 10: M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generator

Table 4: States for M40e PCG LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER

Blue

Green

On steadily PCG is master.

On steadily PCG is functioning normally.

Blinking PCG is starting up.

FAIL Yellow On steadily PCG has failed.

Documentation

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 60

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description

The Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) performs route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets, then directs outbound packets to the appropriate

FPC for transmission to the network. It can process 40 million packets per second (Mpps).

Figure 11: M40e Switching and Forwarding Module

•

SFM Slots on page 21

•

SFM Redundancy on page 21

•

SFM Function on page 21

•

SFM Components on page 22

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

SFM Slots

One or two SFMs can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the chassis, as shown

in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Only one SFM is active at a time, with the

optional second SFM in standby mode. By default, the SFM in slot SFM 0 is active. To modify the default, include the appropriate sfm statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level of the configuration, as described in the section about SFM redundancy in the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.

SFM Redundancy

SFMs are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removing the standby SFM has no effect on router function. If the active SFM

fails or is removed from the chassis, the effect depends on how many SFMs are installed:

• One SFM—Forwarding halts until the SFM is replaced and functioning again. It takes approximately one minute for the replaced SFM to boot and become active; reading in router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.

• Two redundant SFMs—The effect depends on which release of the Junos OS is running on the router:

• With Junos OS Release 5.4 and later, the standby SFM assumes forwarding functions in less than one second.

• With Junos OS Release 5.3 and earlier, forwarding halts while the standby SFM boots and becomes active, which takes approximately one minute; synchronizing router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.

SFM Function

The SFM communicates with the Routing Engine using a dedicated 100-Mbps Fast

Ethernet link. The link transfers:

• Routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table in the Internet

Processor II ASIC.

• Routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router that have been received through the router interfaces from the SFM to the Routing Engine.

The ASICs and other components on the SFM provide the functions:

• Route lookups—The Internet Processor II ASIC on each SFM performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in SSRAM.

• Management of shared memory on the FPCs—One Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC receives the 64-byte data cells into which the active I/O Manager ASIC on each FPC divides incoming packets, and uniformly allocates them throughout the shared memory buffers located on the FPCs.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Transfer of outgoing data packets—The second Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC passes notification of the forwarding decision for each packet to an I/O Manager ASIC so that data cells for the outgoing packet can be reassembled for transmission to the network.

• Transfer of exception and control packets—The Internet Processor II ASIC passes exception packets to the microprocessor on the SFM, which processes almost all of them. The SFM sends any remaining exception packets to the Routing Engine for further processing. When the SFM detects an error originating in the Packet Forwarding Engine, it sends it to the Routing Engine using system logging (syslog) messages.

SFM Components

Each SFM is a two-board system, as shown in Figure 11 on page 20. It has the components:

• Two Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs—Process incoming and outgoing packets: one distributes data cells (which the I/O Manager ASIC on each FPC derives from incoming packets) to the shared memory buffers on the FPCs, while the second forwards notification of routing decisions to the I/O Manager ASICs.

• One Internet Processor II ASIC—Performs route lookups and makes routing decisions.

• Parity-protected SSRAM—Stores the forwarding table.

• Processor subsystem—Manages SFM functions and handles exception packets. The processor has the components:

• One PowerPC 603e processor

• Parity-protected Level 2 cache

• Parity-protected DRAM

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number and revision level.

• Offline button—Prepares the SFM for removal from the router when pressed.

• Two LEDs—Indicate SFM status. There is a green one labeled OK and an yellow one

labeled FAIL. “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23 describes the LED states.

• Ejector handles and locking tabs—Control the locking system that secures the SFM in the chassis.

NOTE: For specific information about SFM components (for example, the amount of SSRAM and DRAM), issue the show chassis sfm detail command.

Documentation

•

M40e SFM LEDs on page 23

•

Replacing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 206.

•

. Table 5 on page 23 describes the LED states.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

M40e SFM LEDs

Two LEDs indicate SFM status. There is a green one labeled OK and an yellow one labeled

FAIL

Figure 12: M40e Switching and Forwarding Module

Table 5: States for M40e SFM LEDs

Label Color State Description

OK Green

FAIL Yellow

On steadily SFM is functioning normally.

Blinking SFM is starting up.

On steadily SFM has failed.

Documentation

•

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description on page 20

•

Installing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 207

•

from the rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The

M40e Host Module Description

The host module constructs routing tables, performs system management functions, and generates the SONET/SDH clock signal for SONET/SDH interfaces. It consists of a paired Routing Engine and Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS).

For a host module to function, both of its components—Routing Engine and MCS—must be installed and operational. One or two host modules can be installed into the midplane

Routing Engine slot labeled RE 0 is below the MCS slot labeled MCS 0 and the RE 1 slot is above the MCS 1 slot.

If two host modules are installed, both are powered on, but only one is active (the master); the second host module is in standby mode and performs no functions. By default, the master host module is the one with components installed in the RE 0 and MCS 0 slots.

To change the default master Routing Engine, include the appropriate

[edit chassis redundancy routing-engine] statement in the configuration, as described in the section about Routing Engine redundancy in the Junos OS System Basics Configuration

Guide.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

The host module components are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable

Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removal or failure of one or both components in the standby

host module does not affect router function. Removal or failure of one or both components in the master host module affects forwarding and routing based on the high availability configuration:

• Dual Routing Engines without any high availability features enabled—Traffic is interrupted while the Packet Forwarding Engine is reinitialized. All kernel and forwarding processes are restarted. When the switchover to the new master Routing Engine is complete, routing convergence takes place and traffic is resumed.

• Graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) is enabled—Graceful Routing Engine switchover preserves interface and kernel information. Traffic is not interrupted.

However, graceful Routing Engine switchover does not preserve the control plane.

Neighboring routers detect that the router has restarted and react to the event in a manner prescribed by individual routing protocol specifications. To preserve routing without interruption during a switchover, graceful Routing Engine switchover must be combined with nonstop active routing.

• Nonstop active routing is enabled (graceful Routing Engine switchover must be configured for nonstop active routing to be enabled)—Nonstop active routing supports

Routing Engine switchover without alerting peer nodes that a change has occurred.

Nonstop active routing uses the same infrastructure as graceful Routing Engine switchover to preserve interface and kernel information. However, nonstop active routing also preserves routing information and protocol sessions by running the routing protocol process (rpd) on both Routing Engines. In addition, nonstop active routing preserves TCP connections maintained in the kernel.

• Graceful restart is configured—Graceful restart provides extensions to routing protocols so that neighboring helper routers restore routing information to a restarting router.

These extensions signal neighboring routers about the graceful restart and prevent the neighbors from reacting to the router restart and from propagating the change in state to the network during the graceful restart period. Neighbors provide the routing information that enables the restarting router to stop and restart routing protocols without causing network reconvergence. Neighbors are required to support graceful restart. The routing protocol process (rpd) restarts. A graceful restart interval is required.

For certain protocols, a significant change in the network can cause graceful restart to stop.

If you do not configure graceful Routing Engine switchover, graceful restart, or nonstop active routing, you can configure automatic Routing Engine mastership failover. For information about configuring automatic mastership failover, see the Junos OS System

Basics Configuration Guide.

NOTE: Router performance might change if the backup Routing Engine's configuration differs from the former master's configuration. For the most predictable performance, configure the two Routing Engines identically, except for parameters unique to each Routing Engine.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

NOTE: For information about configuring graceful Routing Engine switchover, graceful restart, and nonstop active routing, see the Junos OS High Availability

Configuration Guide.

NOTE: The first supported release for graceful Routing Engine switchover and nonstop active routing on the M40e router is Junos OS Release 5.7 and

Junos OS Release 8.4, respectively. However, for graceful Routing Engine switchover we recommend Junos OS Release 7.0 or later. Graceful restart software requirements are dependent on the routing protocols configured on the router. For the minimum software requirements for graceful restart, see the Junos OS High Availability Configuration Guide.

For host module replacement instructions, see “Replacing an MCS in an M40e Router”

on page 179 and “Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router” on page 186.

Figure 13: M40e and M160 Router Host Module Location

On M40e and M160 routers, the host module consists of a paired Routing Engine and

MCS. One pair functions as master, while the other stands by as a backup should the

master Routing Engine fail. (See “Replacing an MCS in an M40e Router” on page 179 and

“Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router” on page 186.)

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 14: M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules

M40erouter rear M160router rear

MCS0

RE0

RE1

MCS1

SFM 0

SFM 1

MCS 0

RE 0

RE 1

MCS 1

OFFLINE

FAIL

OFFLINE

FAIL

OFFLINE

FAIL

MASTER

OFFLINE

FAIL

MASTER

FAIL

OK an SFM in this slot

FAIL

OK an SFM in this slot

Miscellaneous

Control Subsystem

PCG 0

PCG 1

Routing

Engines

Miscellaneous

Control Subsystem

SFM 0

SFM 1

MSC 0

RE 0

RE 1

MSC 1

SFM 2

SFM 3

OFFLINE

FAIL

OFFLINE

FAIL

OFFLINE

FAIL

MASTER

OFFLINE

FAIL

MASTER

OFFLINE

FAIL

OFFLINE

FAIL

PCG 0

PCG 1

MCS0

RE0

RE1

MCS1

Documentation

•

Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface on page 37

•

M40e Routing Engine Description

The Routing Engine runs the Junos OS. The software processes that run on the Routing

Engine maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router's interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the router.

For a description of the Routing Engine's role in router architecture, see “M40e Routing

Engine Architecture” on page 61.

One or two host modules (paired Routing Engine and MCS) can be installed into the

midplane from the rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

If two host modules are installed, the Routing Engines together determine which is the master and which is in standby mode (and so performs no functions). By default, the

Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE0 is the master. The master Routing Engine also determines which of the two PCGs is the master.

NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.

The Routing Engine is hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units

(FRUs)” on page 157. For information about the effect of removing a Routing Engine, see

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

“M40e Host Module Description” on page 23. For replacement instructions, see “Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router” on page 186.

Figure 15 on page 27 shows the Routing Engine location on the M40e router.

M160 router rear

Figure 15: M40e Router Routing Engine Location

M40e router rear

SFM 0

SFM 1

MCS 0

RE 0

Routing engines

RE 1

MCS 1

SFM 2

SFM 3

PCG 0

PCG 1

Routing engines

SFM 0

SFM 1

MCS 0

RE 0

RE 1

MCS 1

PCG 0

PCG 1

Do not install an SFM in this slot

Documentation

•

Installing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router on page 189

•

The Routing Engine (shown in Figure 16 on page 29) is a two-board system with the

M40e Routing Engine 333

following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The drive is a fixed CompactFlash card and is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• PC Card slot—Accepts a removable PC Card, which stores software images for system upgrades.

• LED—Indicates disk activity for the internal IDE interface. It does not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

• Interfaces for out-of-band management access—Provide information about

Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) that can be attached to access ports located on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).

Each Routing Engine has one 10/100-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and two asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem or other auxiliary device.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine in the chassis.

NOTE: The appearance and position of electronic components or the PC

Card slot on your Routing Engine might differ from Figure 16 on page 29 and

other figures in the documentation that depict the Routing Engine. These differences do not affect Routing Engine installation and removal or functionality.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

The disk from which the router boots is called the primary boot device, and the other disk is the alternate boot device.

The boot sequence for the router:

• PC Card

• CompactFlash card

• Hard disk

NOTE: If the router boots from an alternate boot device, a yellow alarm lights the LED on the router’s craft interface.

NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Figure 16: M40e Routing Engine 333

M40e Routing Engine 333 LEDS

The IDE LED Indicates disk activity for the internal IDE interface. It does not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.

M40e Routing Engine 600

The Routing Engine (shown in Figure 17 on page 31) is a two-board system with the

following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing

Engine processes.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode. The drive is a fixed CompactFlash card and is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Hard disk—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• PC Card slot—Accepts a removable PC Card, which stores software images for system upgrades.

• LED—Indicates disk activity for the internal IDE interface. It does not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

• Interfaces for out-of-band management access—Provide information about

Routing Engine status to devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) that can be attached to access ports located on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine in the chassis.

NOTE: The appearance and position of electronic components or the PC

Card slot on your Routing Engine might differ from Figure 17 on page 31 and

other figures in the documentation that depict the Routing Engine. These differences do not affect Routing Engine installation and removal or functionality.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

The disk from which the router boots is called the primary boot device, and the other disk is the alternate boot device.

The boot sequence for the router:

• PC Card

• CompactFlash card

• Hard disk

NOTE: If the router boots from an alternate boot device, a yellow alarm lights the LED on the router’s craft interface.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Figure 17: M40e Routing Engine 600

M40e Routing Engine 600 LEDS

The HD LED Indicates disk activity for the internal IDE interface. It does not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

NOTE: The LEDs that report host module status (including Routing Engine status) are on the craft interface rather than the Routing Engine faceplate.

M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) Description

The Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) works with its companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. It also generates a clock signal for the SONET/SDH interfaces on the router.

One or two host modules (paired MCS and Routing Engine) can be installed into the

midplane from the rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Only one host module is active at a time, with the optional second host module in standby mode. For more information about host module interdependence and redundancy, see

“M40e Host Module Description” on page 23.

Figure 18: M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Each MCS (shown in Figure 18 on page 31) has the following components:

• PCI interface—Connects the MCS to the Routing Engine.

• 100-Mbps Ethernet switch—Carries signals and monitoring data between router components.

• 19.44-MHz stratum 3 reference clock—Generates clock signal for SONET/SDH PICs.

• I

C controller—Monitors the status of router components.

• Three LEDs—Indicate MCS status. There is a blue one labeled MASTER, a green one

labeled OK, and an yellow one labeled FAIL. “M40e MCS LEDs” on page 33 describes

the LED states.

• Offline button—Prepares the MCS for removal from the router when pressed.

• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the MCS in the chassis.

The MCS, in conjunction with the routing software, performs the functions:

• Monitoring and control of router components—The MCS collects statistics from all sensors in the system. When it detects a failure or alarm condition, it sends a signal to the Routing Engine, which generates control messages or sets an alarm. The MCS also relays control messages from the Routing Engine to the router components.

• Controlling component power-up and power-down—The MCS controls the power-up sequence of router components as they start, and powers down components when their offline buttons are pressed.

• Signaling of mastership—In a router with more than one host module, the MCS signals to all router components which host module is the master and which is the standby.

It relays the mastership signal for the two PCGs as well.

• Providing SONET/SDH clock source—The MCS generates a 19.44-MHz SONET/SDH clock signal, along with a signal that indicates which MCS is the master SONET/SDH clock generator (if two MCSs are installed).

• Clock monitoring—The MCS monitors the PCG system clock and its SONET/SDH clock to verify that they are providing the expected signal. It generates an alarm if a clock signal is incorrect.

• Control of FPC resets—If the MCS detects errors in an FPC, it attempts to reset the

FPC. After three unsuccessful reset attempts, the MCS takes the FPC offline and informs the Routing Engine. Other FPCs are unaffected, and system operation continues.

Figure 19: M40e and M160 Router MCS Location

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Documentation

•

M40e MCS LEDs on page 33

•

Installing an MCS in an M40e Router on page 181

•

M40e MCS LEDs

Three LEDs indicate MCS status. There is a blue one labeled MASTER, a green one labeled

, and an yellow one labeled FAIL. Table 6 on page 34 describes the LED states.

Figure 20: M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 6: States for M40e MCS LEDs

Label Color State

MASTER

Blue

Green

On steadily

Blinking

FAIL Yellow On steadily

Description

MCS is master.

MCS is functioning normally.

MCS is starting up.

MCS has failed.

Documentation

•

M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) Description on page 31

•

Installing an MCS in an M40e Router on page 181

•

M40e Craft Interface Description

The craft interface provides status and troubleshooting information at a glance and has buttons for deactivating alarms and preparing FPCs for removal. The craft interface is

located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage, as shown in “M40e Chassis

Description” on page 8. It includes the elements shown in Figure 21 on page 34.

Figure 21: M40e Craft Interface

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

NOTE: The LEDs for some router components are located on the component faceplate, rather than on the craft interface. For information about those

LEDs, see:

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description on page 20

•

M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) Description on page 31

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

Documentation

•

•

•

Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper left of the craft interface (see “M40e

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls

Craft Interface Description” on page 34). The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical

condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.

A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay

contact on the connector interface panel (CIP), as described in “M40e Connector Interface

Panel (CIP) Description” on page 39. The LCD on the craft interface reports the cause of

the alarm, as described in “M40e Craft Interface LCD Description” on page 36.

To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for “alarm cutoff/lamp test”), which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the CIP. However, the LCD continues to report the alarm message until you clear the condition that caused the alarm.

Table 7 on page 36 describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 7: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Shape Color State Description

Red

Yellow

—

On steadily Critical alarm LED—Indicates a critical condition that can cause the router to stop functioning. Possible causes include component removal, failure, or overheating.

On steadily Warning alarm LED—Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature.

— Alarm cutoff/lamp test button—Deactivates red and yellow alarms. Causes all LEDs on the craft interface to light (for testing purposes), when pressed and held.

Documentation

• M40e PIC Overview

•

Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface on page 37

•

LCD Alarm Mode on page 37

M40e Craft Interface LCD Description

A four-line LCD is located in the craft interface, along with six navigation buttons. The

LCD operates in two modes:

•

LCD Idle Mode on page 36

•

LCD Idle Mode

During normal operation, the LCD operates in idle mode and reports current status

information, as shown in Figure 22 on page 36.

Figure 22: LCD in Idle Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Router name.

• Second line—Length of time the router has been running, reported in the following form:

Up days + hours:minutes

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

LCD Alarm Mode

• Third and fourth lines—Status messages, which rotate at 2-second intervals. Some conditions, such as removal or insertion of a system component, can interrupt the messages.

To add a message that alternates every 2 seconds with the default status messages, use the set chassis display message command. For more information, see the Junos OS

System Basics and Services Command Reference.

When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the LCD switches to alarm mode and reports about

the alarm condition, as shown in Figure 23 on page 37.

Figure 23: M40e LCD in Alarm Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Router name.

• Second line—Number of active alarms.

• Third and fourth lines—Individual alarm messages, with the most severe condition shown first. The prefix on each line indicates whether the alarm is a red (R) or yellow (Y) alarm.

For a list of alarm messages that can appear on the LCD, see “M40e Chassis and Interface

Alarm Messages” on page 147.

Documentation

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

•

At the upper right corner of the craft interface (see “M40e Craft Interface Description” on page 34) are two sets of LEDs that indicate host module status: the set labeled HOST0

Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface

reports the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE 0 and MCS in slot MCS 0, and the set labeled HOST1 reports the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE 1 and the MCS in slot

MCS 1 . Each set includes three LEDs—a green one labeled MASTER, another green one

labeled ONLINE, and a red one labeled OFFLINE. Table 8 on page 38 describes the LED

states.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 8: States for M40e Host Module LEDs

Label Color State Description

MASTER

ONLINE

Green

On steadily Host module is functioning as master.

On steadily Host module components (Routing Engine and MCS) are installed and functioning normally.

Blinking Host module is starting up.

OFFLINE Red On steadily One or both host module components are not installed or have failed.

Documentation

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

M40e Host Module Description on page 23

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface

The LEDs and offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft

interface, as shown in “M40e Craft Interface Description” on page 34. The red LED labeled

FAIL

and the green LED labeled OK indicate FPC status, as described in Table 9 on page 38.

The offline button, labeled with the FPC slot number (for example, FPC2), prepares the

FPC for removal from the router when pressed.

Table 9: States for M40e FPC LEDs

Label Color State Description

OK Green On steadily FPC is functioning normally.

Blinking

Off

FPC is starting up or going offline.

FPC is offline or not installed.

FAIL Red On steadily FPC has failed.

Documentation

•

•

•

shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. It houses Routing Engine management

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

M40e Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description

The Connector Interface Panel (CIP) is located at the left side of the FPC card cage, as

ports and alarm relay contacts, as shown in Figure 24 on page 39.

Figure 24: Connector Interface Panel

The CIP is located on the left side of the M40e and M160 router Flexible PIC Concentrator

(FPC) card cage (see Figure 25 on page 40).

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 25: M40e and M160 Router CIP Location

The CIP is field-replaceable, but is not hot-removable, hot-insertable, or hot-pluggable.

You must power down the router before removing or installing it.

•

Routing Engine Management Ports on page 40

•

BITS Input Ports on page 41

•

Alarm Relay Contacts on page 41

Routing Engine Management Ports

On the upper half of the CIP are two sets of ports for connecting the Routing Engines to one or more external devices on which system administrators can issue Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands to manage the router. The set of ports labeled

HOST0 connects to the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE 0, and the set labeled HOST1 connects to the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE 1.

The ports with the indicated label in each set function as follows:

• ETHERNET —Connects the Routing Engine through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support both 10- and 100-Mbps connections. Two small LEDs on the left edge of the port indicate the connection in use: the LED labeled ETHERNET lights yellow or green for a

10-Mbps or 100-Mbps connection, and the LED labeled ACT lights green when traffic is passing through the port.

• CONSOLE —Connects the Routing Engine to a system console through an RS-232

(EIA-232) serial cable.

• AUXILIARY — Connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

For information about the pinouts for the connectors, see “RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the M40e Routing Engine MGMT Port” on page 289.

Figure 26 on page 41 shows the ports that connect to the Routing Engine installed in slot

RE 0.

The arrangement of ports for the Routing Engine installed in slot RE 1 is the same.

Figure 26: M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports for Host Module 0

BITS Input Ports

In the center of the CIP are two ports labeled BITS A and BITS B (see Figure 27 on page 42).

Use two DB-9 connectors to connect external clock inputs for 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 reference clocks (supported in Junos OS Release 8.3 and later).

For information about the pinouts for the connectors, see “DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the M40e CIP BITS Input Ports” on page 293. For information about configuring an external

synchronization interface, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.

Alarm Relay Contacts

At the bottom of the CIP are two relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm-reporting devices, the upper labeled RED ALARM and the lower YELLOW ALARM

(see Figure 27 on page 42). A system condition that causes the red or yellow alarm LED

to light on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact. For

instructions for attaching a device to the alarm relay contacts, see “Replacing Alarm

Relay Wires on the M40e Router” on page 167.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 27: M40e Alarm Relay Contacts and BITS Input Ports

Documentation

•

•

•

shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The power supplies connect to the

M40e Power System Description

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router uses either AC or DC power. There are two load-sharing, pass-through power supplies located at the bottom rear of the chassis, as

midplane, which distributes power to router components according to their individual voltage requirements. When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning and can provide full power indefinitely.

CAUTION: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported and prevents the router from booting. If two power supplies are installed, they must either both be AC or both DC.

A circuit breaker box must be installed on a DC-powered router, whereas a circuit breaker is incorporated into each AC power supply.

Power supplies are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e

Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. To avoid electrical injury, carefully follow

the instructions in Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router and Disconnecting

DC Power from the M40e Router.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

If the system is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence.

If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system again, see Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting

DC Power from the M40e Router.

After a power supply is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as LEDs on the power supply, show chassis commands, and messages on the craft interface LCD—to indicate that the power supply is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

Figure 28: M40e Router Power Supplies

•

AC Power Supply on page 44

•

DC Power Supply on page 45

•

Circuit Breaker Box on a DC-Powered Router on page 47

•

Fuses on page 47

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

AC Power Supply

An AC-powered router has two load-sharing, pass-through AC power supplies, located

at the bottom rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Each AC power supply has the components (see Figure 29 on page 44):

•

One LED—Indicates power supply status. It is green and labeled OUTPUT OK. Table

10 on page 44 describes the LED states.

In addition, power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface and

the RED ALARM relay contact on the CIP. See “M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and

Controls” on page 35.

• Self-test button—Tests the power supply. Do not press this button; it is for use by qualified service personnel only.

• Internal fans—Cool the power supply.

Figure 29: M40e AC Power Supply

Table 10: States for M40e AC Power Supply LED

Label Color State Description

OUTPUT OK Green On steadily Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally.

Blinking slowly

Blinking rapidly

Power supply is not plugged in, or power switch is in off position (when other AC power supply is functioning).

Power supply is starting up.

Table 11 on page 45 lists electrical specifications for the AC power supply.

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Table 11: Electrical Specifications for AC Power Supply

Description Specification

Maximum power output 2900 W; isolated

3100 W; isolated

AC input voltage

AC input line frequency

AC input current rating

Output voltages

Nominal: 200 VAC, 208 VAC, 220 VAC, 240 VAC

Operating range: 180 to 264 VAC (2900 W)

Operating range: 198 to 264 VAC (3100 W)

47 to 63 Hz

15 A @ 200 V

13 A @ 240 V

+48 V @ 7.3 A (cooling system), +8 V @ 6 A (bias), –50 V @ 50 A isolated

NOTE: An AC-powered router can use only 220 VAC power (nominal range

200–240 VAC), not 110 VAC power (nominal range 100–120 VAC).

DC Power Supply

A DC-powered router has two load-sharing, pass-through DC power supplies, located

at the bottom rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Each DC power supply has the components (see Figure 30 on page 46):

• LEDs—Indicate power supply status. There is a green one labeled CB ON, a blue one

labeled OUTPUT OK, and an yellow one labeled CB OFF. Table 12 on page 46 describes

the LED states.

In addition, power supply failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface and

the RED ALARM relay contact on the CIP. See “M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and

Controls” on page 35.

• Self-test button—Tests the power supply. Do not press this button; it is for use by qualified service personnel only.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 30: M40e DC Power Supply

Table 12: States for M40e DC Power Supply LEDs

Label Color State Description

CB ON Green

OUTPUT OK Blue

CB OFF Yellow

On steadily Power supply is inserted correctly and is receiving power. Circuit breaker is on.

On steadily Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally.

Blinking Power supply is not functioning, is starting up, or is not properly inserted, or airflow is not sufficient.

On steadily Power supply is functioning, but the circuit breaker is off.

Table 13 on page 46 lists electrical specifications for the DC power supply.

Table 13: M40e Electrical Specifications for DC Power Supply

Description Specification

Maximum power output

DC input voltage

DC input current rating

3150 W; nonisolated

Nominal: –48 VDC, –60 VDC

Operating range: –40.5 to –72 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below

–40.5 VDC, the platform automatically shuts down. During automatic shutdown, the circuit remains active. When the input voltage returns to –42.75 VDC, the platform automatically starts up again and the system returns to normal operation within 30 minutes. No operator intervention is required.

80 A @ –48 V

Output voltages +48 V @ 8.3 A (cooling system), +8.3 V @ 6 A (bias), –48 V to

–60 V@ 75 A

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Circuit Breaker Box on a DC-Powered Router

On a DC-powered router, the circuit breaker box is located on the rear of the chassis,

above the right power supply, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. (On

an AC-powered router, the slot for the box is covered by a blank panel.)

The circuit breaker box houses two circuit breakers and sets of terminal studs,

corresponding positionally to the two power supplies, as shown in Figure 31 on page 47.

For proper router operation and power load sharing, connect a different external DC power source to each set of terminal studs.

In addition, a grounding cable attaches to separate grounding points located above the

circuit breaker box, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. For more

information, see “M40e Chassis Grounding Specifications” on page 276.

Figure 31: M40e Circuit Breaker Box

Fuses

The router uses fuses from the Cooper Bussman brand GMT series for the FPCs, MCSs,

PCGs, and SFMs. The fuses are located in a fuse box on the rear of the midplane. When the fuse for a component blows, the component stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router. For more

information, see “Using Blown Fuse Indicators to Troubleshoot the M40e Router” on

page 149. For fuse replacement instructions, see “Replacing a Fuse on an M40e Router” on page 222.

Documentation

•

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

•

Cooling System Components on page 48

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

M40e Cooling System Description

The cooling system includes a fan tray and several impellers that draw room air into the chassis to keep its internal temperature below a maximum acceptable level. When the temperature is below the maximum, the fans and impellers function at less than full speed. If the MCS detects that the temperature of a component has exceeded the acceptable maximum—for example, because an impeller is removed—it automatically increases the speed of the remaining impellers and fans to reduce the temperature. The fans and impellers can function at the higher speed indefinitely.

•

•

Airflow Through the Chassis on page 48

Cooling System Components

The cooling system has the following components. All are hot-removable and

hot-insertable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157.

• Air intake vent, air filter, and intake cover—Provide an opening for room air to enter the router. They are located at the bottom of the chassis front, below the cable

management system, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The air filter

is removable and covers the air intake vent, preventing dust and other particles from entering the cooling system. For maintenance and replacement instructions, see

“Maintaining the M40e Air Filter” on page 130. The nonremovable air intake cover is

located behind the air filter and provides EMC shielding.

CAUTION: Do not remove the air filter for more than a few minutes while the router is operating. The fans and impellers are powerful enough to draw in foreign material, such as bits of wire, through the unfiltered air intake, which could damage router components.

• Front cooling subsystem—Cools the FPCs, PICs, and midplane. It includes a fan tray located behind the cable management system and a large, central impeller behind

the craft interface. For replacement instructions, see “Replacing the Fan Tray on an

M40e Router” on page 168 and “Replacing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly” on page 172.

• Rear cooling subsystem—Cools the SFMs, host module, PCGs, and power supplies. It includes one impeller located at the upper right of the chassis rear and another at the

lower left, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The upper and lower

impellers are not interchangeable. For replacement instructions, see “Replacing the

M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 175 and “Replacing the M40e Rear Upper

Impeller Assembly” on page 177.

Airflow Through the Chassis

Figure 32 on page 49 shows airflow through the chassis and the location of the impellers

and fan tray.

Figure 32: Airflow Through the M40e Chassis

Chapter 2: M40e Hardware Components

Documentation

•

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

•

M40e Cable Management System Description

The cable management system (see Figure 33 on page 49) consists of a row of nine

semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the router below the FPC card cage.

The PIC cables pass between the bobbins and into the tray, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. The curvature of the bobbins also helps maintain the proper bend radius for optical PIC cables.

Figure 33: M40e Cable Management System

Documentation

•

•

M40e Junos OS Overview on page 51

• M40e PIC Overview

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 3

Junos OS Overview

•

•

Tools for Accessing and Configuring the M40e Software on page 57

•

•

Tools for Monitoring the M40e Software on page 58

•

M40e Software Upgrades on page 58

M40e Junos OS Overview

The Junos OS is especially designed for the large production networks typically supported by Internet Service Providers (ISPs). It incorporates Internet Protocol (IP) routing software and software for management of interfaces, networks, and the router chassis.

The Junos OS runs on the Routing Engine. The software consists of processes that support

Internet routing protocols, control the router's interfaces and the router chassis itself, and provide an interface for system management. The processes run on top of a kernel that coordinates the communication among processes and has a direct link to the Packet

Forwarding Engine software.

Use the Junos OS to configure the routing protocols that run on the router and the properties of router interfaces. After you have activated a software configuration, use the Junos OS to monitor the protocol traffic passing through the router and to troubleshoot protocol and network connectivity problems.

For additional information about the Junos OS, including its security features and a list of the industry standards it supports, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.

For complete information about configuring the software, including examples, see the

Junos OS configuration guides.

NOTE: The router module supports Release 5.2 and later versions of the

Junos OS.

Documentation

•

•

•

Routing Protocol Process on page 52

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

M40e Routing Engine Software Components

The Routing Engine software consists of several software processes that control router functions and a kernel that coordinates communication among the processes, as described in:

•

•

VPNs on page 56

•

Interface Process on page 56

•

Chassis Process on page 57

•

SNMP and MIB II Processes on page 57

•

Management Process on page 57

•

Routing Engine Kernel on page 57

Routing Protocol Process

The Junos OS routing protocol process controls the routing protocols that run on the router. The routing protocol process starts all configured routing protocols and handles all routing messages. It consolidates the routing information learned from all routing protocols into common routing tables. From this routing information, the routing protocol process determines the active routes to network destinations and installs these routes into the Routing Engine's forwarding table. Finally, the routing protocol process implements the routing policies you specify, which determine how routing information is transferred between the routing protocols and the routing table.

This section discusses:

•

IPv4 Routing Protocols on page 52

•

IPv6 Routing Protocols on page 54

•

Routing and Forwarding Tables on page 54

•

Routing Policy on page 55

For complete information about routing concepts, see the Junos OS configuration guides.

IPv4 Routing Protocols

The Junos OS implements full IP routing functionality, providing support for IP version 4

(IPv4). The routing protocols are fully interoperable with existing IP routing protocols and provide the scale and control necessary for the Internet core. The software provides support for the following routing and traffic engineering protocols:

Chapter 3: Junos OS Overview

• Unicast routing protocols

• BGP—Border Gateway Protocol, version 4, is an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP) that guarantees loop-free exchange of routing information between routing domains

(also called autonomous systems). BGP, in conjunction with Junos routing policy, provides a system of administrative checks and balances that can be used to implement peering and transit agreements.

• ICMP—Internet Control Message Protocol router discovery is a method that hosts can use to discover the addresses of operational routers on a subnet.

• IS-IS—Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System is a link-state interior gateway protocol (IGP) for IP networks that uses the shortest-path-first algorithm (SPF algorithm, also called the Dijkstra algorithm) to determine routes.

• OSPF—Open Shortest Path First, version 2, is an IGP developed for IP networks by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). OSPF is a link-state protocol that makes routing decisions based on the SPF algorithm.

• RIP—Routing Information Protocol, version 2, is an IGP for IP networks based on the

Bellman-Ford algorithm. RIP is a distance-vector protocol. RIP dynamically routes packets between a subscriber and a service provider without the subscriber having to configure BGP or to participate in the service provider’s IGP discovery process.

• Multicast routing protocols

• DVMRP—Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol is a dense-mode

(flood-and-prune) multicast routing protocol.

• IGMP—Internet Group Management Protocol, versions 1 and 2, is used to manage membership in multicast groups.

• MSDP—Multicast Source Discovery Protocol enables multiple PIM sparse mode domains to be joined. A rendezvous point (RP) in a PIM sparse mode domain has a peering relationship with an RP in another domain, thereby discovering multicast sources from other domains.

• PIM sparse mode and dense mode—Protocol-Independent Multicast is a multicast routing protocol used to route traffic to multicast groups that might span wide-area and interdomain internetworks. In PIM sparse mode, routers explicitly join and leave multicast groups. PIM dense mode is a flood-and-prune protocol.

• SAP/SDP—Session Announcement Protocol and Session Description Protocol handle conference session announcements.

• MPLS application protocols

• LDP—Label Distribution Protocol provides a mechanism for distributing labels in nontraffic-engineered applications. LDP allows routers to establish label-switched paths (LSPs) through a network by mapping network-layer routing information directly to data-link layer switched paths. LSPs created by LDP can also traverse

LSPs created by Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP).

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• MPLS—Multiprotocol Label Switching enables you to configure LSPs through a network either manually or dynamically. You can control how traffic traverses the network by directing it through particular paths, rather than relying on an IGP's least-cost algorithm to choose a path.

• RSVP—Resource Reservation Protocol, version 1, provides a mechanism for engineering network traffic patterns that is independent of the shortest path determined by a routing protocol. RSVP itself is not a routing protocol, but is designed to operate with current and future unicast and multicast routing protocols. Junos

RSVP software supports dynamic signaling for MPLS LSPs.

IPv6 Routing Protocols

The Junos OS implements full IP routing functionality, providing support for IP version 6

(IPv6). The routing protocols are fully interoperable with existing IP routing protocols and provide the scale and control necessary for the Internet core. The software provides support for the following unicast routing protocols:

• BGP—Border Gateway Protocol, version 4, is an EGP that guarantees loop-free exchange of routing information between routing domains (also called autonomous systems).

BGP, in conjunction with Junos routing policy, provides a system of administrative checks and balances that can be used to implement peering and transit agreements.

• ICMP—Internet Control Message Protocol router discovery is a method that hosts can use to discover the addresses of operational routers on a subnet.

• OSPF—Open Shortest Path First, version 3 (OSPFv3), supports version 6 of the Internet

Protocol (IPv6). The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF such as flooding, Designated

Router (DR) election, area based topologies and the Shortest Path First (SPF) calculations remain unchanged. Some differences exist either due to changes in protocol semantics between IPv4 and IPv6, or to handle the increased address size of IPv6.

• RIP—Routing Information Protocol, version 2, is an IGP for IP networks based on the

Routing and Forwarding Tables

The primary function of the Junos routing protocol process is maintaining routing tables and using the information in them to determine active routes to network destinations. It copies information about the active routes into the Routing Engine's forwarding table, which the Junos kernel copies to the Packet Forwarding Engine.

By default, the routing protocol process maintains the following routing tables and uses the information in each table to determine active routes to network destinations:

• Unicast routing table—Stores routing information for all unicast protocols running on the router, including BGP, IS-IS, OSPF, and RIP. You can also configure additional

Chapter 3: Junos OS Overview routes, such as static routes, for inclusion in the routing table. The unicast routing protocols use the routes in this table when advertising routing information to their neighbors.

In the unicast routing table, the routing protocol process designates routes with the lowest preference values as active. By default, a route's preference value is simply a function of how the routing protocol process learned about the route. You can modify the default preference value by setting routing policies and configuring other software

parameters. See “Routing Policy” on page 55.

• Multicast routing table (cache)—Stores routing information for all multicast protocols running on the router, including DVMRP and PIM. You can configure additional routes for inclusion in the routing table.

In the multicast routing table, the routing protocol process uses traffic flow and other parameters specified by the multicast routing protocol algorithms to select active routes.

• MPLS routing table—Stores MPLS label information.

For unicast routes, the routing protocol process determines active routes by choosing the most preferred route, which is the route with the lowest preference value. By default, the route’s preference value is simply a function of how the routing protocol process learned about the route. You can modify the default preference value using routing policy and with software configuration parameters.

For multicast traffic, the routing protocol process determines active routes based on traffic flow and other parameters specified by the multicast routing protocol algorithms.

The routing protocol process then installs one or more active routes to each network destination into the Routing Engine’s forwarding table.

You can configure additional routing tables to meet your requirements, as described in the Junos OS Routing Protocols Configuration Guide.

Routing Policy

By default, all routing protocols place their routes into the routing table. When advertising routes, the routing protocols, by default, advertise only a limited set of routes from the routing table. Specifically, each routing protocol exports only the active routes that were learned by that protocol. In addition, IGPs (IS-IS, OSPF, and RIP) export the direct

(interface) routes for the interfaces on which the protocol is explicitly configured.

For each routing table, you can affect the routes that a protocol places into the table and the routes from the table that the protocol advertises by defining one or more routing policies and then applying them to the specific routing protocol.

Routing policies applied when the routing protocol places routes into the routing table are called import policies because the routes are being imported into the routing table.

Policies applied when the routing protocol is advertising routes that are in the routing table are called export policies because the routes are being exported from the routing table. In other words, the terms import and export are used with respect to the routing table.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Routing policy enables you to control (filter) which routes are imported into the routing table and which routes are exported from the routing table. Routing policy also allows you to set the information associated with a route as it is being imported into or exported from the routing table. Routing policies applied to imported routes control the routes used to determine active routes, whereas policies applied to exported routes control which routes a protocol advertises to its neighbors.

You implement routing policy by defining policies. A policy specifies the conditions to use to match a route and the action to perform on the route when a match occurs. For example, when a routing table imports routing information from a routing protocol, a routing policy might modify the route's preference, mark the route with a color to identify it for later manipulation, or prevent the route from even being installed in a routing table.

When a routing table exports routes to a routing protocol, a policy might assign metric values, modify the BGP community information, tag the route with additional information, or prevent the route from being exported altogether. You also can define policies for redistributing the routes learned from one protocol into another protocol.

VPNs

The Junos OS supports several types of VPNs:

• Layer 2 VPNs—A Layer 2 VPN links a set of sites sharing common routing information, and whose connectivity is controlled by a collection of policies. A Layer 2 VPN is not aware of routes within a customer’s network. It simply provides private links between a customer’s sites over the service provider’s existing public Internet backbone.

• Layer 3 VPNs—A Layer 3 VPN links a set of sites that share common routing information, and whose connectivity is controlled by a collection of policies. A Layer 3 VPN is aware of routes within a customer’s network, requiring more configuration on the part of the service provider than a Layer 2 VPN. The sites that make up a Layer 3 VPN are connected over a service provider’s existing public Internet backbone.

• Interprovider VPNs—An interprovider VPN supplies connectivity between two VPNs in separate autonomous systems (ASs). This functionality could be used by a VPN customer with connections to several various ISPs, or different connections to the same ISP in various geographic regions.

• Carrier-of-Carrier VPNs—Carrier-of-carrier VPNs allow a VPN service provider to supply

VPN service to a customer who is also a service provider. The latter service provider supplies Internet or VPN service to an end customer.

Interface Process

The Junos interface process manages the physical interface devices and logical interfaces on the router. It implements the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands and configuration statements that you use to specify interface properties such as location

(FPC location in the FPC card cage and PIC location on an FPC), the interface type (such as SONET/SDH or ATM), encapsulation, and interface-specific properties. You can configure both interfaces that are currently active and interfaces that might be installed later.

Chapter 3: Junos OS Overview

The Junos interface process communicates with the interface process in the Packet

Forwarding Engine through the Junos kernel, enabling the Junos OS to track the status and condition of router interfaces.

Chassis Process

The Junos chassis process allows you to configure and control the properties of the router, including conditions that trigger alarms and clock sources. The chassis process communicates directly with a chassis process in the Junos kernel.

SNMP and MIB II Processes

The Junos OS supports the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), versions 1,

2, and 3, which provides a mechanism for monitoring the state of the router. This software is controlled by the Junos SNMP and Management Information Base (MIB) II processes, which consist of an SNMP master agent and a MIB II agent.

Management Process

The management process starts all the other Junos OS processes and the CLI when the router boots. It monitors the running Junos processes and makes all reasonable attempts to restart any process that terminates.

Routing Engine Kernel

The Routing Engine kernel provides the underlying infrastructure for all Junos OS processes. It also provides the link between the routing tables maintained by the routing protocol process and the forwarding table maintained by the Routing Engine. Additionally, it coordinates communication with the Packet Forwarding Engine, which primarily involves synchronizing the Packet Forwarding Engine’s forwarding table with the master forwarding table maintained by the Routing Engine.

Documentation

•

M40e Routing Engine Architecture on page 61

•

Tools for Accessing and Configuring the M40e Software

The Junos OS CLI is the primary tool for accessing and controlling the Junos OS. You use it when accessing the router through the console or a connection to an out-of-band management network. The CLI includes commands for configuring router hardware, the

Junos OS, and network connectivity.

The Junos OS CLI is a straightforward command interface. You type commands on a single line and enter the commands by pressing the Enter key. The CLI provides command help and command completion, as well as Emacs-style keyboard sequences for moving around on a command line and scrolling through a buffer that contains recently executed commands. For more information about the CLI, see the Junos OS System Basics

Configuration Guide.

Documentation

•

•

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Tools for Monitoring the M40e Software

In addition to commands for configuring router hardware and software, the CLI includes commands for monitoring and troubleshooting hardware, software, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities.

You can also use the Junos OS implementation of SNMP to monitor routers. The SNMP software consists of an SNMP master agent and a MIB II agent. It provides full support for MIB II SNMP version 1 traps and version 2 notifications, SNMP version 1 Get and GetNext requests, and version 2 GetBulk requests. For more information about SNMP, see the

Junos OS Network Management Configuration Guide.

The software also supports tracing and logging operations, which you can use to track normal router operations, error conditions, and the packets that the router generates or forwards. Logging operations use a syslog-like mechanism to record systemwide, high-level events such as interfaces going up or down and user logins on the router.

Tracing operations record more detailed information about the operation of routing protocols, such as the various types of routing protocol packets sent and received, and routing policy actions.

Documentation

•

•

•

M40e Software Upgrades

The M40e MultiService Edge Router is delivered with the Junos OS preinstalled. To upgrade the software, you use CLI commands to copy a set of software images over the network to memory storage on the Routing Engine. The Junos OS set consists of several images provided in individual packages or as a bundle. You normally upgrade all packages simultaneously. For information about installing and upgrading Junos OS, see the Junos

OS Installation and Upgrade Guide.

Documentation

•

•

•

CHAPTER 4

M40e System Architecture Overview

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 60

•

•

M40e Routing Engine Architecture on page 61

M40e System Architecture Overview

• Packet Forwarding Engine—Performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, route lookups, and packet forwarding.

• Routing Engine—Provides Layer 3 routing services and network management.

The Packet Forwarding Engine and the Routing Engine perform independently but communicate constantly through a 100-Mbps internal link. This arrangement provides streamlined forwarding and routing control and the ability to run Internet-scale networks

at high speeds. Figure 34 on page 59 illustrates the relationship between the Packet

Forwarding Engine and the Routing Engine.

Figure 34: System Architecture

Documentation

•

M40e System Redundancy on page 4

•

Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 60

• M40e PIC Overview

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture

The Packet Forwarding Engine performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching.

•

•

Data Flow Through the Packet Forwarding Engine on page 60

Packet Forwarding Engine Components

The Packet Forwarding Engine is implemented in application-specific integrated circuits

(ASICs). It uses a centralized route lookup engine and shared memory.

The Packet Forwarding Engine architecture includes the components:

• Midplane—Transports packets, notifications, and other signals between the FPCs and the Packet Forwarding Engine (as well as other system components).

• Physical Interface Card (PIC)—Physically connects the router to fiber-optic or digital network media. A controller ASIC in each PIC performs control functions specific to the PIC media type.

• Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs)—House PICs and provide shared memory for processing incoming and outgoing packets. Each FPC hosts two I/O Manager ASICs, one active and one in standby mode. The active I/O Manager ASIC divides incoming data packets into memory blocks (cells) before passing them to the active SFM, and reassembles cells into data packets when the packets are ready for transmission. The

FPC also hosts two Packet Director ASICs—one concentrates incoming packets to the active I/O Manager ASIC, and the other distributes outgoing packets to the appropriate

PICs on the FPC.

• Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM)—Hosts an Internet Processor II ASIC, which makes forwarding decisions, and two Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs: one distributes data cells to the shared memory buffers on the FPCs and the other notifies the FPCs of forwarding decisions for outgoing packets.

Data Flow Through the Packet Forwarding Engine

Use of ASICs promotes efficient movement of data packets through the system. Packets

flow through the Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence (see Figure 35 on page 61):

Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.

The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Packet Director ASIC directs them to the active I/O Manager ASIC.

The I/O Manager ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into 64-byte data cells, and passes the cells through the midplane to the SFM.

A Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the SFM distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffers located on and shared by all the FPCs.

The Internet Processor II ASIC on the SFM performs a route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.

Chapter 4: M40e System Architecture Overview

The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies the second Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC

(on the SFM) of the forwarding decision, and the Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC forwards the notification to the FPC that hosts the appropriate outbound interface.

The I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles data cells stored in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them through the

Packet Director ASIC to the outbound PIC.

The outbound PIC transmits the data packets.

Figure 35: Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow

Documentation

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

•

system management processes, routing protocols, and control functions (see Figure 36 on page 62).

M40e Routing Engine Architecture

The Routing Engine runs Junos OS, which Juniper Networks has developed and optimized to handle large numbers of network interfaces and routes. The software consists of a set of system processes running in protected memory modules on top of an independent operating system. The Junos kernel supports Junos system processes, which handle

The Routing Engine has a dedicated 100-Mbps internal connection to the Packet

Forwarding Engine.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 36: M40e Routing Engine Architecture

•

Routing Engine Functions on page 62

Routing Engine Functions

The Routing Engine handles all routing protocol processes, as well as the software processes that control the router's interfaces, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the router. These routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine. For more information about the processes, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.

The Routing Engine includes the functions and features:

• Processing of routing protocol packets—The Routing Engine handles all packets that concern routing protocols, freeing the Packet Forwarding Engine to handle only packets that represent Internet traffic.

• Software modularity—Because each software process is devoted to a different function and uses a separate process space, the failure of one process has little or no effect on the others.

• In-depth Internet functionality—Each routing protocol is implemented with a complete set of Internet features and provides full flexibility for advertising, filtering, and modifying routes. Routing policies are set according to route parameters (for example, prefix, prefix lengths, and Border Gateway Protocol [BGP] attributes).

• Scalability—The Junos routing tables have been designed to hold all the routes in current networks with ample capacity for expansion. Additionally, the Junos OS can efficiently support large numbers of interfaces and virtual circuits.

• Management interface—Different levels of system management tools are provided, including the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), the Junos XML management protocol, the craft interface, and SNMP.

• Storage and change management—Configuration files, system images, and microcode can be held and maintained in primary and secondary storage systems, permitting local or remote upgrades.

• Monitoring efficiency and flexibility—The router supports functions such as alarm handling and packet counting on every port, without degrading packet-forwarding performance.

Chapter 4: M40e System Architecture Overview

The Routing Engine constructs and maintains one or more routing tables (see Figure 37 on page 63). From the routing tables, the Routing Engine derives a table of active routes,

called the forwarding table, which is then copied into the Packet Forwarding Engine. The design of the ASICs allow the forwarding table in the Packet Forwarding Engine to be updated without interrupting forwarding performance.

Figure 37: Control Packet Handling for Routing and Forwarding Table

Updates

Documentation

•

Installing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router on page 189

•

Preparing the Site for M40e Router Installation on page 67

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

PART 2

Setting Up the M40e Router

•

•

Unpacking the M40e Router on page 73

•

Installing the M40e Router Mounting Hardware on page 77

•

Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 81

•

Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift on page 83

•

Grounding the M40e Router on page 109

•

Connecting the M40e Router to External Devices on page 111

•

Providing Power to the M40e Router on page 119

•

Configuring Junos OS on page 123

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 5

Preparing the Site for M40e Router

Installation

•

M40e Rack Requirements on page 68

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

M40e Site Preparation Checklist

The checklist in Table 14 on page 67 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when

preparing a site for router installation.

Table 14: Site Preparation Checklist

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Environment

Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router tolerances.

“M40e Router Environmental

Specifications” on page 271

Power

Measure distance between external power sources and router installation site.

Locate sites for connection of system grounding.

Calculate the power consumption and requirements.

“M40e AC Power, Connection, and

Power Cord Specifications” on page 277

“M40e DC Power, Connection, and

Cable Specifications” on page 279

“M40e Chassis Grounding

Specifications” on page 276

“M40e Router Power Requirements” on page 274

Hardware Configuration

Choose the configuration.

Rack

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 14: Site Preparation Checklist (continued)

Item or Task For More Information

Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the router.

“M40e Rack Size and Strength” on page 69

Plan rack location, including required space clearances.

“M40e Clearance Requirements for

Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 71

If a rack is used, secure rack to floor and building structure.

“M40e Connection to Building

Structure” on page 71

Performed By Date

Cables

Acquire cables and connectors:

•

Determine the number of cables needed based on your planned configuration.

Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the distance between the hardware components being connected.

“Calculating Power Budget for

Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX

Series, and T Series Routers” on page 285

“Calculating Power Margin for

Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX

Series, and T Series Routers” on page 286

Plan the cable routing and management.

“Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC

Cables” on page 139

Documentation

•

•

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

•

M40e Router Environmental Specifications on page 271

M40e Rack Requirements

The M40e Multiservice Edge Router must be installed in a rack. Many types of racks are acceptable, including 4-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks. An example of a

open-frame rack appears in “M40e Rack Size and Strength” on page 69.

The following sections describe rack requirements:

•

M40e Rack Size and Strength on page 69

•

Spacing of the M40e Mounting Holes on page 70

•

M40e Connection to Building Structure on page 71

Chapter 5: Preparing the Site for M40e Router Installation

M40e Rack Size and Strength

The router is designed for installation in a 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels,

and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics

Industry Association ( http://www.eia.org

With the use of adapters, the router is designed to fit into a 600-mm-wide rack, as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for

equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the

European Telecommunications Standards Institute ( http://www.etsi.org

). Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails.

The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the router chassis's external dimensions: 35 in. (89 cm) high, 29 in. (73.6 cm) deep, and 17.5 in. (44.5 cm) wide. The outer edges of the front support posts and center-mounting brackets extend the width to 19 in. (48.3 cm). The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for

the clearances around the router and rack that are specified in “M40e Clearance

Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 71.

The chassis height of 35 in. (89 cm) is approximately 20 U. A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number

EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can stack two M40e routers in a rack that has at least 40 U (70 in. or 1.78 m) of usable vertical space.

The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to approximately 360 lb (164 kg). If you stack two fully configured routers in one rack, it must be capable of supporting about 720 lb (328 kg).

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 38: Typical Open-Frame Rack

Documentation

•

Rack-Mounting M40e Hardware Description on page 77

•

•

•

Table 15 on page 70 specifies the spacing between mounting holes in the chassis’s front

Spacing of the M40e Mounting Holes

support posts and center-mounting brackets. The mounting holes in a front-mount rack’s rails must align with the holes in the front support posts, and the mounting holes in a center-mount rack’s rails must align with the holes in the center-mounting brackets.

Table 15: Spacing of Holes on M40e Front Support Post and

Center-Mounting Bracket

Router Mounting Rail Hole Spacing

Front support post 4 U (7 in. or 17.78 cm)

Chapter 5: Preparing the Site for M40e Router Installation

Table 15: Spacing of Holes on M40e Front Support Post and

Center-Mounting Bracket (continued)

Router Mounting Rail Hole Spacing

Center-mounting bracket 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.33 cm)

Documentation

•

•

•

ceiling brackets. For more information, see “Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers” on page 236.

M40e Connection to Building Structure

Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to

Documentation

•

•

•

(see Figure 39 on page 72):

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance

When planning the installation site, you must allow sufficient clearance around the rack

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be

unrestricted. “M40e Cooling System Description” on page 48 depicts the airflow in the

router.

NOTE: If you mount the router in a cabinet, be sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent overheating.

• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the router. At least 24 in. (61 cm) is required both in front of and behind the router. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61 cm) behind the rack.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 39: M40e Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements

Documentation

•

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the M40e Router on page 73

CHAPTER 6

Unpacking the M40e Router

•

•

Unpacking the M40e Router on page 73

•

Verifying the M40e Parts Received on page 75

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the M40e Router

To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

Documentation

•

• M40e PIC Overview

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

Unpacking the M40e Router

The router is shipped in a wooden crate and bolted to the pallet that forms the bottom of the crate. The crate also contains an accessory box, the handle used during manual router installation, and the M40e Multiservice Edge Router Quick Start.

NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.

To unpack the router:

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Move the shipping crate to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, but where you have enough room to remove the system components. While the chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.

Position the crate so that the arrows are pointing up.

Twist open the locking tabs that secure the crate to the pallet and the front panel to the side panels.

Remove the front panel from the crate, then lift the top and sides off the pallet as a

unit. See Figure 40 on page 75.

Remove the plastic cover, then the foam and Quick Start that are sitting on top of the chassis. The installation handle and accessory box are embedded in cutouts in the foam.

Open the accessory box and verify the contents against the parts inventory on the label attached to the box.

Verify the chassis components received against the packing list included with the

router. A generic parts inventory appears in “Verifying the M40e Parts Received” on page 75.

Use a 1/2-in. open-end or socket wrench to loosen and remove the bolts on the brackets that attach the chassis to the pallet. If a 1/2-in. tool is not available, use an adjustable wrench rather than a fixed-size metric wrench.

Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screws that secure the brackets to the sides of the chassis, and remove the brackets. Store the brackets, screws, and bolts inside the accessory box.

10.

Save the shipping crate, packing materials, and pallet in case you later need to move or ship the router.

Figure 40: Unpacking the Router

Chapter 6: Unpacking the M40e Router

Documentation

•

• M40e PIC Overview

•

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

Verifying the M40e Parts Received

A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.

If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.

A generic router contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in Table

16 on page 75.

Table 16: Generic Inventory of Router Components Installed in Chassis

Component Quantity

Front impeller assembly with craft interface

FPC with one or more PICs installed

Up to 8

PIC Up to 4 per Type 1 FPCs, 1 per Type 2 FPCs

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 16: Generic Inventory of Router Components Installed in Chassis (continued)

Component Quantity

CIP

Front fan tray with 4 fans and cable management system

Midplane

Rear upper impeller assembly

SFM

MCS

Routing Engine

PCG

Rear lower impeller assembly

Circuit breaker box (on DC-powered router only)

Power supply (AC or DC)

Center-mounting brackets

Blank panels for slots without components

1 or 2

Varies depending on router configuration

Documentation

•

• M40e PIC Overview

•

Rack-Mounting M40e Hardware Description on page 77

CHAPTER 7

Installing the M40e Router Mounting

Hardware

•

•

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack on page 78

•

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 78

Rack-Mounting M40e Hardware Description

Install the mounting hardware before you install the router. After you install the mounting

hardware, proceed to “Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 81

or “Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack” on page 95, depending on your type of

installation.

The mounting hardware required and the procedure for installing the mounting hardware depends on the type of rack.

The following mounting hardware is supplied with the M40e MultiService Edge Router:

• Mounting shelf—Required for all mounting options

• Front-mounting flanges on the chassis—Required for a four-post rack or cabinet, or for front-mounting in an open-frame rack

• Center-mounting brackets attached to the sides of the chassis—Required for center-mounting in an open-frame rack

“M40e Chassis Description” on page 8 shows the center-mounting brackets and the

front-mounting flanges.

Documentation

•

M40e Rack Size and Strength on page 69

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

•

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack on page 78

•

•

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 78

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack

To prepare to mount the router into a four-post rack or cabinet:

•

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed on page 78

•

Installing the Mounting Shelf in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 78

•

Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets on page 78

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed

Install cage nuts, if needed:

On each front rack rail, install a cage nut 0.88 in. (2.2 cm) up from the bottom of a U division.

Insert a cage nut behind each hole where you plan to install the flanges of the mounting shelf.

Installing the Mounting Shelf in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

To install the mounting shelf:

On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw 0.88 in. (2.2 cm) up from the bottom of a U division.

Install the shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on one of the mounting screws.

Partially insert a mounting screw into the top hole in each flange of the shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets

To remove the center-mounting brackets:

Loosen the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.

Remove the brackets from both sides of the chassis.

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

•

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed on page 79

Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack

To prepare to mount the router into an open-frame rack, install the mounting shelf on the rack. Install cage nuts, if needed.

Chapter 7: Installing the M40e Router Mounting Hardware

For open-frame racks, center-mounting the chassis is preferable to front-mounting because the more even distribution of weight provides greater stability. You use the center-mounting brackets to center-mount the chassis in an open-frame rack; you use the front-mounting flanges to front-mount the chassis in an open-frame rack.

•

•

Installing the Mounting Shelf in an Open-Frame Rack on page 79

•

Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets on page 79

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed

Install cage nuts, if needed:

On each front rack rail, install a cage nut 0.88 in. (2.2 cm) up from the bottom of a U division.

Insert a cage nut behind each hole where you plan to install the flanges of the mounting shelf.

Installing the Mounting Shelf in an Open-Frame Rack

To install the mounting shelf in an open-frame rack:

On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw 0.88 in. (2.2 cm) up from the bottom of a U division.

Install the shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of each flange on one of the mounting screws.

Partially insert a mounting screw into the top hole in each flange of the shelf.

Tighten all the screws completely.

Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets

If you plan to front-mount the router, remove the center-mounting brackets.

To remove the center-mounting brackets:

Loosen the screws at the top and bottom of each bracket.

Remove the brackets from both sides of the chassis.

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

•

Tools and Parts Required to Install the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 81

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 8

Installing the M40e Router Using a

Mechanical Lift

•

•

Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 81

Tools and Parts Required to Install the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift

To install the chassis into a rack using a mechanical lift:

• Mechanical lift

• 5/32-in. Allen (hexagonal) wrench for tightening the mounting screws provided in the accessory box; do not substitute a metric-size wrench

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2, if removing center-mounting brackets or installing rear support shelf

Documentation

•

•

•

Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 81

•

Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift

Using a mechanical lift to maneuver the router into the rack is recommended because of the router's size and weight. The lift must be able to accommodate the router's weight—between 190 lb (86 kg) and about 360 lb (164 kg) depending on configuration—and must fit between the support posts of the rack.

NOTE: If you are installing multiple routers in a rack, install the lowest one first and proceed upward.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

First, perform the prerequisite procedures:

•

Verify that the router site meets the requirements described in “M40e Site Preparation

Checklist” on page 67.

• Place the rack in its permanent location, allowing adequate clearance for airflow and

maintenance, and secure it to the building structure. For details, see “M40e Rack Size

and Strength” on page 69, “M40e Connection to Building Structure” on page 71, and

“M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance” on page 71.

•

For details on mounting, see “Spacing of the M40e Mounting Holes” on page 70,

“Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack” on page 78, and

“Installing the M40e Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack” on page 78.

•

Read the information in “M40e Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 235.

•

Remove the router from the shipping carton, as described in “Unpacking the M40e

Router” on page 73.

Then install the router:

If you are front-mounting the router, remove the center-mounting brackets from each side of the chassis. (Also, we recommend installing a shelf or other support for the rear of the chassis.)

Load the router onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform.

Use the lift to position the router at the correct height in the rack.

Align the bottom hole in both front support posts or center-mounting brackets with a hole in each rack rail, making sure the chassis is level.

Install one of the mounting screws provided into each of the two aligned holes. Use a 5/32-in. Allen wrench to tighten the screws.

Moving up each post or bracket, install a screw in every mounting hole.

Verify that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and that the router is level.

Move the lift away from the rack.

To continue the installation, proceed to “Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices” on page 111.

Documentation

•

M40e Router Environmental Specifications on page 271

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Install the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

CHAPTER 9

Installing the M40e Router Without a

Mechanical Lift

•

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

•

Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis on page 97

Tools and Parts Required to Install the M40e Router Without a Lift

To install the chassis without using a mechanical lift, you need:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• Flat-blade screwdriver, approximately 1/4 in. (6 mm), for removing craft interface

• 5/32-in. Allen (hexagonal) wrench for tightening the mounting screws provided in the accessory box; do not substitute a metric-size wrench

• Electrostatic bags or antistatic mats, one for each electronic component removed

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

•

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

•

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift

You can install the router into a rack either with or without the help of a mechanical lift.

Because the router weighs between 190 lb (86 kg) and about 360 lb (164 kg) depending

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

on configuration, using a mechanical lift is recommended; for instructions, see “Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 81.

If you do not use a mechanical lift, you must remove components from the chassis to reduce its weight before lifting it into the rack. The reduced chassis weight is approximately

115 lb (52 kg), so installing it safely still requires three people to lift and another person to insert the mounting screws.

To make the router light enough to install without a mechanical lift, you must remove most of the components.

WARNING: The procedures in this section apply only to initial installation and assume that you have not yet connected power to the router. If power is connected, completely disconnect it before continuing. See Disconnecting

AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e

Router.

Do not stack components on top of one another after removing them from the chassis. Place each one individually on a flat, stable surface, either on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

Set the removed components far enough away from the installation site that they will not be in the way as you lift the chassis into the rack.

NOTE: Do not remove the circuit breaker box (on a DC-powered router) or the Connector Interface Panel (CIP). This topic does not include instructions for removing these components.

Perform the procedures described in the following sections to remove components from the chassis, first from the rear and then from the front:

•

Removing the Power Supplies on page 85

•

Removing the Rear Component Cover on page 85

•

Removing the SFMs on page 86

•

Removing the MCSs on page 87

•

Removing the PCGs on page 88

•

Removing the Routing Engines on page 89

•

Removing the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly on page 90

•

Removing the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly on page 91

•

Removing the Fan Tray on page 91

•

Removing the FPCs on page 92

•

Removing the Front Impeller Assembly on page 94

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Removing the Power Supplies

The router has two power supplies (AC or DC) located at the bottom rear of the chassis,

as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. An AC power supply weighs

approximately 15 lb (6.8 kg). A DC power supply weighs approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg).

To remove the power supplies (see Figure 41 on page 85, which shows a DC power supply):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To remove it:

Verify that the power switch for each power supply is in the OFF (O) position. On an

AC-powered router, the switch for each power supply is on the power supply faceplate.

On a DC-powered router, the switches are on the circuit breaker box.

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the handle or handles on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the power supply to support it, then slide it completely out of the chassis.

Repeat the procedure to remove the second power supply.

Figure 41: Removing a M40e Power Supply

Removing the Rear Component Cover

The rear component cover protects the SFMs, Routing Engines, MCSs, and PCGs, as

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Each SFM weighs

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the component cover, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Pull the cover straight off the chassis.

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Removing the SFMs

The router can have an SFM in each of the slots labeled SFM 0 and SFM 1 at the rear of

approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

To remove an SFM (see Figure 42 on page 87):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Loosen the thumbscrew on each ejector locking tab (shown in “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23), using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Pull the end of each ejector handle outward until it is nearly perpendicular to the SFM or CFEB-E faceplate.

Grasp the ejector handles and pull firmly to slide the SFM or CFEB-E about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the SFM or CFEB-E to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: When an SFM or CFEB-E is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack SFMs or CFEB-Es on top of or under other components. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

If a second SFM is installed, repeat the procedure to remove it.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 42: Removing an M40e SFM

Removing the MCSs

The router can have an MCS in each of the slots labeled MCS 0 and MCS 1 at the rear of

the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Each MCS weighs

approximately 2.5 lb (1 kg).

The MCS is hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on

page 157. For a description of the effect of removing an MCS, see “M40e Host Module

Description” on page 23.

To remove the MCSs (see Figure 43 on page 88):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Each PCG weighs

Push the end of each extractor clip (located at each end of the MCS) outward.

Grasp the extractor clips and slide the MCS about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the MCS to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

If a second MCS is installed, repeat the procedure to remove it.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 43: Removing an M40e MCS

Removing the PCGs

The router has two PCGs installed in the slots labeled PCG 0 and PCG 1 at the rear of the

approximately 1 lb (0.5 kg).

To remove the PCGs (see Figure 44 on page 89):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Each Routing

Loosen the thumbscrew at the lower right corner of the PCG faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the thumbscrew and slide the PCG about halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Be careful to slide the PCG straight out of the chassis to avoid bending any of the pins on the underside of the board.

Place one hand under the PCG to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Repeat the procedure to remove the second PCG.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 44: Removing a M40e PCG

Removing the Routing Engines

The router can have a Routing Engine in each of the slots labeled RE 0 and RE 1 at the

Engine weighs approximately 1.5 lb (0.7 kg).

The routing engine is hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units

(FRUs)” on page 157. For a description of the effect of removing a routing engine, see

“M40e Host Module Description” on page 23.

To remove a Routing Engine (see Figure 45 on page 90):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

“M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The assembly weighs approximately 4 lb (1.8 kg).

Using your thumbs, push and hold the red tab on each extractor clip toward the outer edge of the unit. Push the ends of the extractor clips outward to unseat the Routing

Engine from the chassis.

Grasp the extractor clips and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Slide the Routing Engine straight out of the chassis. Damage can result if the Routing Engine gets lodged because of uneven movement.

Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

If a second Routing Engine is installed, repeat the procedure to remove it.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 45: Removing a M40e Routing Engine

Removing the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

The rear upper impeller assembly is located at the top of the chassis rear, as shown in

To remove the rear upper impeller assembly (see Figure 46 on page 90):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The assembly

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the screws at opposite corners of the impeller cover and slide the assembly out of the chassis.

Figure 46: Removing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Removing the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

The rear lower impeller assembly is located to the left of the circuit breaker box on the

weighs approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

To remove the rear lower impeller assembly (see Figure 47 on page 91):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

just above the air filter, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The fan tray

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the screws at opposite corners of the impeller cover and slide the assembly out of the chassis.

Figure 47: Removing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

Removing the Fan Tray

The fan tray is located behind the cable management system on the front of the chassis,

contains four fans and weighs approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg).

To remove the fan tray (see Figure 48 on page 92):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

front of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. An FPC that

Loosen the thumbscrew at each end of the fan tray, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the sides of the fan tray and pull firmly to slide it out of the chassis.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 48: Removing the M40e Fan Tray

Removing the FPCs

The router can have up to eight FPCs mounted vertically in the FPC card cage on the

houses four PICs weighs about 15 lb (6.8 kg).

NOTE: To help you work systematically, remove FPCs starting at the left side of the card cage and working toward the right. You can remove FPCs in any order, however. As you remove each FPC, label it with its slot number and

record the relevant information in the checklist in Table 17 on page 92.

Table 17: M40e FPC Removal Checklist

Slot Media Types Date Removed

Date Reinstalled

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

To remove the FPCs (see Figure 49 on page 94):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Repeat Step 4 for each FPC card carrier or blank cover, proceeding from left to right.

Locate the FPC or blank panel located in the leftmost slot of the card cage on the front of the chassis. It is directly below the offline button on the craft interface that is labeled FPC0.

If the slot is covered by a blank panel, you can leave it in place. If the slot contains an

FPC: a.

Loosen the thumbscrew at each end of the FPC, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Pull the ends of the ejector levers, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, away from the face of the FPC until they are nearly perpendicular to it.

Grasp the top and bottom flanges of the card carrier and slide the FPC about halfway out of the card cage.

Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 15 lb (6.8 kg)—as you slide the FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector levers, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 49: Removing an M40e FPC

Removing the Front Impeller Assembly

The front impeller assembly, which includes the craft interface, is located at the front of

the chassis above the FPC card cage, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

The assembly weighs approximately 14.5 lb (6.6 kg).

To remove the front impeller assembly (see Figure 50 on page 95):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screw at each corner of the craft interface.

Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the gap around the craft interface and gently pry the impeller assembly forward until you can grasp the sides of the assembly and slide it halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the assembly to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 50: Removing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

Documentation

• M40e Component Weights

•

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

•

•

Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis on page 97

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack

Before installing the chassis:

•

Verify that the router site meets the requirements described in “M40e Site Preparation

Checklist” on page 67.

• Place the rack in its permanent location, allowing adequate clearance for airflow and

maintenance, and secure it to the building structure. For details, see “M40e Rack Size and Strength” on page 69.

•

Read the information in “M40e Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 235.

•

Remove the router from the shipping carton, as described in “Unpacking the M40e

Router” on page 73.

After you have removed components as described in “Removing Components from the

Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift” on page 83, the chassis is light

enough for a team of installers to lift into the rack.

CAUTION: The reduced weight of the chassis is approximately 115 lb (52 kg).

Installing it into the rack still requires three people to lift and an additional person to secure the mounting screws.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

If you are installing multiple routers in a rack, install the lowest one first and proceed

upward (see Figure 52 on page 97):

If you are front-mounting the router, remove the center-mounting brackets from each side of the chassis. (Also, we recommend installing a shelf or other support for the rear of the chassis.)

Attach the lifting handle to the rear of the chassis, screwing the thumbscrews at its

corners into the holes located next to the SFM slots on the chassis (see Figure 51 on page 96). If you are installing the chassis in a lower rack space, use the set of holes

adjacent to the slots labeled SFM 0 and SFM 1. If you are installing the chassis in an upper rack space, use the set of holes adjacent to the slot covers labeled

Do not install an SFM in this slot .

Figure 51: Attaching the Lifting Handle

Prepare to lift the router:

• One person stands behind the chassis and grasps the lifting handle.

• Two people stand on either side of the chassis. Each grasps the bar at the bottom of the FPC card cage with one hand and places the other hand under the chassis near the rear.

Lift the chassis and position it in the rack.

WARNING: To prevent injury, keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. Avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.

Align the bottom hole in both front support posts or center-mounting brackets with a hole in each rack rail, making sure the chassis is level.

Install one of the mounting screws provided into each of the two aligned holes. Use a 5/32-in. Allen wrench to tighten the screws.

Moving up each post or bracket, install a screw in every mounting hole.

Verify that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and that the router is level.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Loosen the thumbscrews on the lifting handle and remove it from the chassis.

10.

Proceed to the instructions in “Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis” on page 97.

Figure 52: Installing the Chassis in a Rack

Documentation

•

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis

After you have mounted the chassis in the rack as described in “Installing the M40e

Chassis into the Rack” on page 95, reinstall the router components into the chassis.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e

Router.

Reinstall components into the chassis, first into the front and then into the rear:

•

Reinstalling the Front Impeller Assembly on page 98

•

Reinstalling the FPCs on page 99

•

Reinstalling the Fan Tray on page 100

•

Reinstalling the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly on page 101

•

Reinstalling the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly on page 102

•

Reinstalling the Routing Engines on page 102

•

Reinstalling the PCGs on page 103

•

Reinstalling the MCSs on page 104

•

Reinstalling the SFMs on page 105

•

Reinstalling the Rear Component Cover on page 106

•

Reinstalling the Power Supplies on page 106

Reinstalling the Front Impeller Assembly

The front impeller assembly, which includes the craft interface, is located at the top of

the chassis front, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall it (see

Figure 53 on page 99):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

The FPCs install into the card cage at the front of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis

Grasp the sides of the impeller assembly and align the rear of the assembly with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the impeller assembly all the way into the chassis.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screw at each corner of the craft interface.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 53: Reinstalling the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

Reinstalling the FPCs

Description” on page 8.

NOTE: To help you work systematically, reinstall FPCs starting at the left side of the card cage and working toward the right. You can install FPCs in any order, however.

Be sure there is a blank panel over every empty slot. The blank panels must be in place during router operation to guarantee adequate circulation of cooling air.

To reinstall the FPCs (see Figure 54 on page 100):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

the chassis, just above the air filter, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Locate the leftmost slot in the FPC card cage on the front of the chassis. It is directly below the offline button on the craft interface that is labeled FPC0. Locate the FPC that you labeled FPC0 during removal.

Verify that the ends of the ejector levers, which are located at each end of the FPC, are pushed outward, nearly perpendicular to the face of the FPC.

Grasp the front of the FPC with one hand and place the other hand under the FPC to support it.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector levers, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Align the rear bottom corners of the FPC with the guides at the bottom of the FPC slot. Slide the FPC into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Push the ends of the ejector levers inward until they are nearly flush with the face of the FPC.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each end of the FPC to seat the FPC securely in the chassis.

Repeat the procedure for each FPC, proceeding from left to right through the slots with offline buttons labeled FPC1 through FPC7 on the craft interface.

Figure 54: Reinstalling an M40e FPC

Reinstalling the Fan Tray

The fan tray, which includes the cable management system, is located on the front of

To reinstall it (see Figure 55 on page 101):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall it

Grasp the sides of the fan tray and align the rear of the tray with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the fan tray all the way into the chassis.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each end of the cable management system.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 55: Reinstalling the Fan Tray

Reinstalling the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

The rear lower impeller assembly is located to the left of the circuit breaker box on the

(see Figure 56 on page 101):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

“M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall the assembly (see Figure 57 on page 102):

Orient the impeller so that the label is on the top. Align the rails on the upper edges of the impeller assembly with the guides inside the chassis.

Push the impeller assembly up and to the right to start it into the chassis, then slide it all the way in.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover.

Figure 56: Reinstalling the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

101

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Reinstalling the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

The rear upper impeller assembly is installed at the top of the chassis rear, as shown in

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Slide the assembly all the way into the chassis.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover.

Figure 57: Reinstalling the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

Reinstalling the Routing Engines

The router can have a Routing Engine in each of the slots labeled RE 0 and RE 1 at the

NOTE: If two Routing Engines are installed, they must both be the same hardware model.

To reinstall a Routing Engine (see Figure 58 on page 103):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall the PCGs (see

Verify that the extractor clip at each end of the Routing Engine is flipped toward the outer edge of the unit. If necessary, use your thumbs to push and hold the red tab on each extractor clip toward the outer edge, then push the ends of the extractor clips outward.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it and grasp one of the extractor clips on the faceplate with the other hand.

Align the rear of the Routing Engine with the guide rails inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

CAUTION: Align the Routing Engine carefully with the guide rails and push it in evenly. Damage can result if the Routing Engine gets lodged in the rails because of uneven movement.

Press the extractor clip at each end of the Routing Engine inward to seat the unit firmly in the chassis.

If there is a second Routing Engine, repeat the procedure to reinstall it.

Figure 58: Reinstalling a Routing Engine

Reinstalling the PCGs

The router has two PCGs installed in the slots labeled PCG 0 and PCG 1 at the rear of the

Figure 59 on page 104):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall an MCS

Place one hand under the PCG to support it and grasp the thumbscrew on the faceplate with the other hand.

Align the rear of the PCG with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

103

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Tighten the thumbscrew on the faceplate to seat the PCG firmly in the chassis.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall the second PCG.

Figure 59: Reinstalling a PCG

Reinstalling the MCSs

The router can have an MCS in each of the slots labeled MCS 0 and MCS 1 at the rear of

(see Figure 60 on page 105):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall an SFM (see

Place one hand under the MCS to support it and grasp one of the extractor clips on the faceplate with the other hand.

Align the rear of the MCS with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

Press the extractor clip at each end of the MCS inward.

If there is a second MCS, repeat the procedure to reinstall it.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Figure 60: Reinstalling an MCS

Reinstalling the SFMs

The router can have an SFM in each of the slots labeled SFM 0 and SFM 1 at the rear of

Figure 61 on page 106):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Tighten the thumbscrew on each ejector locking tab (shown in “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23) to seat the SFM or CFEB-E firmly in the chassis.

Verify that the ends of the ejector handles are pulled outward to a position nearly perpendicular to the faceplate of the SFM or CFEB-E.

Place one hand under the SFM or CFEB-E to support it and grasp one of the ejector handles at the front with the other hand.

Align the rear of the SFM or CFEB-E with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

Press the ejector handle at each end of the SFM or CFEB-E inward.

If there is a second SFM, repeat the procedure to reinstall it.

105

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 61: Reinstalling an SFM

Reinstalling the Rear Component Cover

The rear component cover protects the Routing Engines, PCGs, MCSs, and SFMs, as

shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall the rear component cover:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To reinstall the power supplies (see

Hold the component cover up to the rear of the chassis and align the flanges at the top and bottom with the top and bottom of the opening in the chassis.

Push the cover into place.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover.

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Reinstalling the Power Supplies

The two power supplies (AC or DC) are located at the bottom rear of the chassis, as

Figure 62 on page 107, which shows a DC power supply):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To continue the installation, proceed to “Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices” on page 111.

Verify that the power switch for each power supply is in the OFF (O) position. On an

AC-powered router, the switch for each power supply is on the power supply faceplate.

On a DC-powered router, the switches are on the circuit breaker box.

Chapter 9: Installing the M40e Router Without a Mechanical Lift

Place one hand under the power supply and grasp a handle on the faceplate with the other hand. Slide the power supply into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Starting with the bottom screws, tighten (but do not overtighten) the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate.

Repeat the procedure to reinstall the second power supply.

Figure 62: Reinstalling a Power Supply

Documentation

• M40e Component Weights

•

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

•

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

107

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 10

Grounding the M40e Router

•

Connecting the M40e Grounding Cable on page 109

Connecting the M40e Grounding Cable

Ground the router by attaching a grounding cable to the chassis grounding points. The

grounding cable is not supplied with the router. For cable specifications, see “M40e

Chassis Grounding Specifications” on page 276.

To connect the grounding cable (see Figure 63 on page 110):

Verify that there is no power flowing from either external power source, so that the voltage across the leads of the power cables is 0 V. Ensure that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during the procedure.

For each power supply, verify that the power switch on the circuit breaker box is in the

OFF (O) position.

Make sure that grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.

Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.

Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding points. The grounding points are sized for 1/4-20 UNC screws.

Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, then with the screws.

Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

109

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 63: Connecting the M40e Grounding Cable

CHAPTER 11

Connecting the M40e Router to External

Devices

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the M40e Management Devices on page 111

•

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 111

•

Connecting the M40e PIC Cables on page 116

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the M40e Management Devices

To connect the router to management devices and PICs and to power on the router, you need:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (-) screwdriver

• 7/16-in. hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm), for tightening nuts to terminal studs on the circuit breaker box (on a DC-powered router)

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Documentation

•

M40e Chassis Grounding Specifications on page 276

•

• Using the Command-Line Interface to Troubleshoot the M40e Router

•

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 111

•

Connecting the M40e PIC Cables on page 116

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices

After installing the router into the rack as described in “Installing the M40e Router Using

a Mechanical Lift” on page 81 or “Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack” on page 95,

complete the installation by connecting management and alarm devices, PICs, and power cables.

111

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

For management and service operations, you connect the Routing Engine to an external console or management network through ports on the Connector Interface Panel (CIP).

You can also connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices through the alarm

relay contacts on the CIP. (For more information, see “M40e Connector Interface Panel

(CIP) Description” on page 39.)

After you have installed the router into the rack, attach one or more external devices to the ports on the CIP that connect to the Routing Engines for management and service

operations (see Figure 64 on page 112). For specifications for the cable accepted by the

Routing Engine management ports, see “Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire

Specifications for the M40e Router” on page 288.

Figure 64: Routing Engine Management Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts

Chapter 11: Connecting the M40e Router to External Devices

To connect external devices to the Routing Engine management ports, perform the following procedures:

•

Connecting the M40e Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 113

•

Connecting the M40e Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 114

•

Connecting the M40e Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 115

Connecting the M40e Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate CONSOLE port on the CIP. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to the appropriate AUXILIARY port on the CIP. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. One RJ-45/DB-9 cable is provided with the router. To connect a device to the other port, you must supply another cable. For cable specifications, see

“Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router” on page 288.

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

Plug the female end (shown in Figure 65 on page 113) of the provided serial cable into

the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port. Figure 66 on page 114 shows the external

device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE 0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the

Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE 1).

Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, tighten the screws on the connector.

Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.

Figure 65: Console and Auxiliary Serial Port Connector

113

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 66: Routing Engine Management Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts

Connecting the M40e Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management, connect an

Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors to the ETHERNET port on the CIP. One such cable

is provided with the router. For cable specifications, see “Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router” on page 288. To connect the Routing Engine

to a network for out-of-band management:

Turn off the power to the management device.

Plug one end of the Ethernet cable (Figure 67 on page 115 shows the connector) into the appropriate ETHERNET port on the CIP. Figure 68 on page 115 shows the external

device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE 0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the

Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE 1).

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Chapter 11: Connecting the M40e Router to External Devices

Figure 67: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector

Figure 68: Routing Engine Management Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts

Connecting the M40e Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED ALARM and YELLOW ALARM relay contacts on the CIP. A system condition that triggers the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 24-AWG and 12-AWG (0.20 and 3.33 mm

), which is not provided. Use the wire gauge appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

115

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact:

Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 24-AWG and 12-AWG (0.20

and 3.33 mm

While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the small screws on its side. With the small screws on its side facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

Orient the terminal block according to the labels to the left of the appropriate relay contact (NC means “normally closed, C means “common,” and NO means “normally open”).

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

If attaching a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Documentation

•

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 273

•

Connecting the M40e PIC Cables

After installing the router into the rack as described in “Installing the M40e Router Using

a Mechanical Lift” on page 81 or “Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack” on page 95,

complete the installation by connecting management and alarm devices, PICs, and power cables.

Now connect PICs to the network by plugging in network cable. To connect cable to the

PICs (see Figure 69 on page 117, which shows a fiber-optic PIC):

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Chapter 11: Connecting the M40e Router to External Devices

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Figure 69: Attaching Cable to an M40e PIC

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the M40e Management Devices on page 111

•

•

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 111

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 273

•

117

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 12

Providing Power to the M40e Router

•

Connecting DC Power to the M40e Router on page 120

•

Connecting AC Power to the M40e Router

To connect AC power to the router:

Verify that the power supplies are fully inserted in the chassis and the thumbscrews on their faceplates are tightened.

For each power supply, verify that the ends of the power cord are firmly plugged into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate and the external power source receptacle.

NOTE: The AC power source must supply 220 VAC power (nominal range

200–240 VAC), not 110 VAC power (nominal range 100–120 VAC).

Connect a management device to one of the ports on the Connector Interface Panel

(CIP) (AUXILIARY, CONSOLE, or ETHERNET) for the Routing Engine that is configured to become the master. For more information on connecting management devices,

see “Replacing Connections to the M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports” on page 163.

Turn on the management device.

Press the power switch on the faceplate of one power supply to the ON ( | ) position.

Verify that the green OUTPUT OK LED eventually lights steadily.

119

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

If the system is completely powered off when you power on the power supply, the Routing Engine boots as the power supply completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system again, see Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e Router.

Press the power switch on the other power supply to the ON ( | ) position and observe the LEDs on the power supply faceplate. They should light as described in the previous step.

If the LEDs are not lit in the appropriate pattern after 60 seconds, repeat the procedures

in “Installing an M40e AC Power Supply” on page 213 and the previous steps in this

procedure.

NOTE: When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on.

In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of a second power supply.)

On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

Documentation

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

•

•

M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord Specifications on page 277

• Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router

Connecting DC Power to the M40e Router

Connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from external power sources to the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box. Power cables are not supplied with the

router. For DC power cable specifications, see “M40e DC Power, Connection, and Cable

Specifications” on page 279.

Chapter 12: Providing Power to the M40e Router

NOTE: The router must be connected to at least two separate external DC power sources.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box.

To connect DC power to the router (see Figure 70 on page 122):

For each power supply, verify that the power switch on the circuit breaker box is in the

OFF (O) position.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the screws securing the protective shield over the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box. Remove the cover.

Install one flat washer and one nut (in that order) on each power terminal stud:

• If no washers and nuts are already installed, they should be in the accessory box.

• If two pairs of nuts and washers are installed on the studs, use a 7/16-in. nut driver or wrench to loosen the outer nut on each stud. Remove the outer nuts and washers, leaving the inner nut and washer on each stud.

CAUTION: The inner washer and nut prevent direct contact between the power cable lug and the circuit breaker box, which can cause a short circuit.

Slide the power cable lugs onto the terminal studs. Install another washer and nut (in that order) on each terminal stud to secure each power cable lug.

a. Connect the positive (+) source cable lugs to the return terminals, which are labeled

RTN(+) .

b. Connect the negative (–) source cable lugs to the input terminals, which are labeled

–48V .

Using a 7/16-in. nut driver or wrench, tighten the nuts. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6

Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut.

Bend the power cables at a radius appropriate for the AWG being used and tie them together to ensure that the power cables do not obstruct any other components. To identify the minimum bend radius for each type of power cable types, see published

121

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide industry standards, such as the National Electrical Code (NEC) and Insulated Cable

Engineers Association (ICEA). Do not bend a power cable beyond the specified minimum bend radius.

Verify that the source power cabling and the grounding cabling are correct, that they are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

Replace the protective shield over the terminal studs and use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the screws.

Turn on the current from the power source so that voltage flows to the router.

Figure 70: Connecting DC Power Cables

122

Documentation

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

• Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e Router

CHAPTER 13

Configuring Junos OS

•

Initially Configuring the M40e Router

The M40e router is shipped with the Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the M40e router is powered on. There are three copies of the software: one on a

CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine, one on a rotating hard disk in the Routing

Engine, and one on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot in the Routing

Engine faceplate.

When the router boots, it first attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive. If a

USB flash drive is not inserted into the Routing Engine or the attempt otherwise fails, the router next tries the CompactFlash card (if installed), and finally the hard disk.

You configure the router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine, or over a telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the Routing Engine.

Gather the following information before configuring the router:

• Name the router will use on the network

• Domain name the router will use

• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface

• IP address of a default router

• IP address of a DNS server

• Password for the root user

This procedure connects the router to the network but does not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides.

To configure the software:

Verify that the router is powered on.

123

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

124

Start the CLI.

root# cli root@>

Enter configuration mode.

cli> configure

[edit] root@#

Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (“ ”).

[edit] root@# set system host-name host-name

Create a management console user account.

[edit] root@# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password

New password: password

Retype new password: password

Set the user account class to super-user.

[edit] root@# set system login user user-name class super-user

Configure the router’s domain name.

[edit] root@# set system domain-name domain-name

Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router’s Ethernet interface.

[edit] root@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

10.

Configure the IP address of a backup router, which is used only while the routing protocol is not running.

[edit] root@# set system backup-router address

11.

Configure the IP address of a DNS server.

[edit] root@# set system name-server address

12.

Set the root authentication password by entering either a clear-text password, an encrypted password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password

New password: password

Retype new password: password or or

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication encrypted-password encrypted-password

Chapter 13: Configuring Junos OS or

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-dsa public-key

[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-rsa public-key

13.

(Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from a remote subnet, you need to add a static route to that subnet within the routing table. For more information about static routes, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.

[edit] root@# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-readvertise

14.

Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.

[edit] root@# set system services telnet

15.

(Optional) Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit] root@# show system { host-name host-name; domain-name domain-name; backup-router address; root-authentication {

authentication-method (password | public-key);

} name-server {

address;

}

} interfaces { fxp0 { unit 0 { family inet { address address/prefix-length;

}

16.

Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.

[edit] root@# commit

17.

(Optional) Configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the router.

[edit] root@host# commit

18.

When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.

125

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

[edit] root@host# exit root@host>

NOTE: To reinstall the Junos OS, you boot the router from the removable media. Do not insert the removable media during normal operations. The router does not operate normally when it is booted from the removable media.

When the router boots from the storage media (removable media, CompactFlash card, or hard disk) it expands its search in the /config directory of the routing platform for the following files in the following order: juniper.conf (the main configuration file), rescue.conf

(the rescue configuration file), and juniper.conf.1 (the first rollback configuration file).

When the search finds the first configuration file that can be loaded properly, the file loads and the search ends. If none of the file can be loaded properly, the routing platform does not function properly. If the router boots from an alternate boot device, the Junos

OS displays a message indication this when you log in to the router.

Documentation

• M40e PIC Overview

•

•

Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components on page 129

PART 3

Hardware Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Replacement Procedures

•

•

Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components on page 145

•

Replacing M40e Hardware Components on page 157

127

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CHAPTER 14

Maintaining M40e Router Hardware

Components

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

•

Maintaining the M40e Air Filter on page 130

•

Maintaining the M40e Fan Tray and Impellers on page 130

•

Maintaining the M40e Host Module Components on page 131

•

Maintaining M40e FPCs on page 132

•

Holding and Storing M40e FPCs on page 133

•

Maintaining the M40e PCGs on page 141

•

•

Maintaining M40e SFMs on page 141

•

Maintaining M40e Power Supplies on page 142

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router

Purpose For optimum router performance, perform preventive maintenance procedures.

Action • Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust.

Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the router and into the air intake vents.

• Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface: system alarms, LEDs, and

LCD. See “M40e Craft Interface Description” on page 34.

• Inspect the air filter at the bottom front of the router, replacing it every 6 months for optimum cooling system performance. Do not run the router for more than a few

minutes without the air filters in place. For maintenance instructions, see “Maintaining the M40e Air Filter” on page 130.

Documentation

•

•

•

as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Take note of the

129

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Maintaining the M40e Air Filter

Purpose Verify the condition of the air filter.

Action • Check the air filter regularly for dust and debris.

• Replace the air filter every 6 months. The air filter is hot-removable and hot-insertable,

following caution, however.

CAUTION: Do not operate the router for more than a few minutes when the air filter has been removed. The fans and impellers are powerful enough to draw in foreign material, such as bits of wire, through the unfiltered air intake, which could damage router components.

Documentation

•

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router on page 150

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

Maintaining the M40e Fan Tray and Impellers

Purpose Verify the condition of the fan tray and impellers.

Action The fan tray is attached to the back of the cable management system and installs into

the front of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. There are

also three separate, non-interchangeable impeller assemblies. The front impeller is

located behind the craft interface (shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8)

and works together with the fan tray to cool the FPCs and midplane. The upper and lower

impellers on the rear of the chassis (shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8)

work together to cool the components that install into the rear of the chassis.

To check the status of the impellers and the fans in the fan tray, issue the show chassis environment command. The output includes an entry for each impeller

(which it refers to as a Blower) and for each fan in the fan tray: user@host> show chassis environment

Class Item Status Measurement

...

Fans Rear Bottom Blower OK Spinning at normal speed

Rear Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed

Front Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed

Fan Tray Rear Left OK Spinning at normal speed

Fan Tray Rear Right OK Spinning at normal speed

Fan Tray Front Left OK Spinning at normal speed

Fan Tray Front Right OK Spinning at normal speed

...

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics

and Services Command Reference.

Documentation

•

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router on page 150

•

•

Replacing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router on page 168

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

Maintaining the M40e Host Module Components

Purpose Verify the condition of the host module components.

Action The router can have a Routing Engine in each of the slots labeled RE 0 and RE 1 and a

Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) in each of the slots labeled MCS 0 and MCS 1

at the rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Each paired

Routing Engine and MCS function together as a host module. To maintain the host module, regularly:

• Check the LCD and the host module LEDs on the craft interface. The LCD reports host module status during normal operation and describes the cause of failures when they occur. The green LEDs labeled ONLINE and MASTER light steadily for the master host module when it is functioning normally. The ONLINE LED also lights for the standby

host module if it is installed. For more information about the LEDs and LCD, see “M40e

Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls” on page 35 and “M40e Craft Interface LCD

Description” on page 36.

• Issue the CLI show chassis routing-engine command to check the status of the Routing

Engines. As shown in the sample output, the master Routing Engine is designated

Master in the Current state field: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state Master

Election priority Master (default)

Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F

DRAM 768 MB

Memory utilization 18 percent

CPU utilization:

User 0 percent

Background 0 percent

Kernel 2 percent

Interrupt 0 percent

Idle 98 percent

Model RE-2.0

Serial ID 8b00000792898b01

Start time 2003-04-29 16:09:49 PDT

Uptime 16 days, 3 hours, 6 minutes, 34 seconds

Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute

0.00 0.00 0.00

Routing Engine status:

Slot 1:

131

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Current state Backup

Election priority Backup (default)

Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F

DRAM 768 MB

Memory utilization 16 percent

CPU utilization:

User 0 percent

Background 0 percent

Kernel 0 percent

Interrupt 0 percent

Idle 100 percent

Model RE-2.0

Serial ID 6d000007c8150801

Start time 2003-04-22 10:01:29 PDT

Uptime 16 days, 3 hours, 6 minutes, 34 seconds

• Issue the CLI show chassis environment mcs command to check the status of the MCSs.

As shown in the sample output, the MCS that belongs to the master host module is designated Master in the State field: user@host> show chassis environment mcs

MCS 0 status:

State Online Master

Temperature 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F

Power:

3.3 V 3299 mV

5.0 V 4971 mV

12.0 V 11770 mV

5.0 V bias 4989 mV

8.0 V bias 8246 mV

BUS Revision 12

FPGA Revision 13

MCS 1 status:

State Online Standby

Temperature 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F

Power:

3.3V 3316 mV

5.0 V 5001 mV

12.0 V 11775 mV

5.0 V bias 5001 mV

8.0 V bias 8249 mV

BUS Revision 12

FPGA Revision 13

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System Basics

and Services Command Reference.

Documentation

•

M40e Host Module Description on page 23

•

Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface on page 37

Maintaining M40e FPCs

Purpose Verify the condition of the FPCs.

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

Action The router can have up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) mounted vertically in

the FPC card cage at the front of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To maintain FPCs, regularly:

• Check the LCD on the craft interface and the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each FPC slot. The green LED labeled OK lights steadily when an FPC is functioning

normally. For more information, see “FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft

Interface” on page 38.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed FPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the FPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 37 4 0 32 2 40

1 Empty

2 Offline -- FPC not supported on platform --

3 Empty

4 Online 34 1 0 32 1 40

5 Online 35 4 0 32 2 40

6 Online 39 4 0 32 1 39

7 Empty

Documentation

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

Holding and Storing M40e FPCs

•

Holding an M40e FPC Vertically on page 136

•

•

Holding an M40e FPC Horizontally on page 137

•

Storing an M40e FPC on page 138

Holding an M40e FPC Overview

CAUTION: To prevent damage when handling or carrying FPCs, observe the following precautions.

NOTE: An FPC configured with PICs installed can weigh as much as 15 lb

(6.8 kg). Be prepared to accept the full weight of the FPC as you lift it.

133

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

As you carry the FPC, do not bump it against anything. FPC components are fragile.

Do not grasp the FPC anywhere except places that this document indicates. In particular, never grasp the connector edge, especially at the power connector in the corner where

the connector and bottom edges meet (see Figure 71 on page 134).

Figure 71: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

Do not carry the FPC by the faceplate with only one hand (see Figure 72 on page 135).

Figure 72: Do Not Carry an FPC with Only One Hand

135

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Do not rest any edge of an FPC directly against a hard surface (see Figure 73 on page 136).

If you must rest the FPC temporarily on an edge while changing its orientation between vertical and horizontal, use your hand as a cushion between the edge and the surface.

Figure 73: Do Not Rest the FPC on an Edge

Documentation

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

Holding an M40e FPC Vertically

You hold an FPC vertically when installing it into the chassis or an equipment rack. To

hold an FPC vertically (see Figure 74 on page 137):

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Place one hand around the FPC faceplate about a quarter of the way down from the top edge. To avoid deforming the electromagnetic interference (EMI) shielding strip, do not press hard on it.

Place your other hand at the bottom edge of the FPC. If the FPC has heat sinks about midway between the faceplate and connector edge, place your other hand against the heat sinks.

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

Figure 74: Holding an FPC Vertically

Documentation

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

•

your right hand along the bottom edge. To hold an FPC horizontally (see Figure 75 on page 138):

Holding an M40e FPC Horizontally

If the FPC is horizontal before you grasp it, place your left hand around the faceplate and

Orient the FPC so that the faceplate faces you.

Grasp the top edge with your left hand and the bottom edge with your right hand. If the FPC has heat sinks about midway between the faceplate and connector edge, place your right hand against the heat sinks.

You can rest the faceplate of the FPC against your body as you carry it.

137

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 75: Holding an FPC Horizontally

Documentation

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

Storing an M40e FPC

When not installed in the routing platforms, FPCs must be either stored in the container in which a spare FPC is shipped or stored horizontally and component-side up on a flat, stable surface.

When you store an FPC on a horizontal surface or in the shipping container, always place it inside an antistatic bag. Because the FPC is heavy and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the FPC into the bag is easier with two people. To do this, one person holds the FPC in the horizontal position with the faceplate facing the body, and the other person slides the opening of the bag over the FPC connector edge. If you must insert the

FPC into a bag by yourself, first lay the FPC horizontally on a flat, stable surface, component-side up. Orient the FPC with the faceplate facing you. Carefully insert the

FPC connector edge into the opening of the bag, and pull the bag toward you to cover the FPC.

CAUTION: To prevent damage when storing FPCs, observe the following precautions:

• Never lay an FPC component-side down.

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

•

Never stack an FPC under or on top of any other component (see Figure

76 on page 139).

Figure 76: Do Not Stack FPCs

Documentation

•

FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface on page 38

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables

Purpose Verify the condition of the PICs and PIC cables.

Action To maintain PICs and PIC cables:

• Check the LEDs on PIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various

PICs. For more information, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide. If the

FPC that houses the PIC detects a PIC failure, the FPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The PIC slots in an FPC are numbered from 0 through 3, top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online

PIC 0 4x OC-3 SONET, MM

PIC 1 1x CSTM1, SMIR

PIC 3 2x OC-3 ATM, MM

Slot 1 Online

PIC 0 1x OC-12 SONET, MM

PIC 1 1x OC-12 ATM, MM

PIC 2 2x OC-3 ATM, MM

PIC 3 2x OC-3 ATM, MM

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

139

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Use the cable management system (shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8)

to support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points. Place excess cable out of the way in the cable management system. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable management system, because this stresses the cable at the fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.

• Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an interface.

• Label both ends of PIC cables to identify them.

The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cable:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a PIC, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the PIC faceplate and on the end of the cable.

• Anchor fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When attaching fiber to a

PIC, be sure to secure the fiber so it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.

• Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments, such as ATM or SONET/SDH analyzers, can cause damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing intermittent problems with the optical connection.

To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS

Fiber Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

After you have cleaned the transceiver on the fiber-optic PIC, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S

Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

Documentation

•

Installing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 201

•

Replacing PIC Cables in an M40e Router on page 203

•

•

Replacing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 198

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

Maintaining the M40e PCGs

Purpose For optimal performance, verify the condition of the Packet Forwarding Engine Clock

Generators (PCGs).

Action The router has two PCGs installed in the slots labeled PCG 0 and PCG 1 on the rear of the

chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To maintain the PCGs,

regularly:

• Check the LEDs on the PCG faceplates. The green LED labeled OK lights steadily when the PCG is functioning normally. The blue LED labeled MASTER lights steadily on the

master PCG. For more information, see “M40e PCG LEDs” on page 19.

• Issue the CLI show chassis environment pcg command to check the status of the PCGs.

As shown in the sample output, the master PCG is designated Online - Master clock and the standby PCG Online - Standby: user@host> show chassis environment pcg

PCG 0 status:

State Online - Master clock

Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

Frequency:

Setting 125.00 MHz

Measurement 125.01 MHz

Power:

3.3 V 3274 mV

5.0 V bias 4974 mV

8.0 V bias 8183 mV

BUS Revision 12

PCG 1 status:

State Online - Standby

Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

Frequency:

Setting 125.00 MHz

Measurement 125.03 MHz

Power:

3.3 V 3267 mV

5.0 V bias 4993 mV

8.0 V bias 8190 mV

BUS Revision 12

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

Documentation

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 60

•

Replacing a PCG in an M40e Router on page 196

•

Maintaining M40e SFMs

Purpose For optimal performance, verify the condition of the SFMs.

141

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Action The router can have a Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) in each of the slots

labeled SFM 0 and SFM 1 at the rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. To maintain the SFMs, regularly:

• Check the LEDs on the SFM faceplates. The green LED labeled OK lights steadily on the active SFM when it is functioning normally. No LEDs are lit on the standby SFM.

For more information, see “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23.

• Issue the CLI show chassis sfm command to check the status of the SFMs. As shown in the sample output, when two SFMs are installed the active SFM is marked as Online, and the standby SFM as Online - Standby: user@host> show chassis sfm

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 39 3 0 64 16 46

1 Online - Standby 42 4 0 64 16 46

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example also specifies a slot number (1), which is optional: user@host> show chassis sfm detail 1

Slot 1 information:

State Online - Standby

SPP Temperature 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F

SPR Temperature 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 64 MB

Total SSRAM 8 MB

Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

Documentation

•

Replacing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 206

•

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description on page 20

•

Installing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 207

Maintaining M40e Power Supplies

Action To verify that the power system is functioning normally, regularly:

• Check the LEDs on the faceplate of both power supplies:

• An AC power supply is functioning correctly when the green LED labeled OUTPUT OK is lit steadily.

• A DC power supply is functioning correctly when the green LED labeled CB ON is lit steadily (indicating that the circuit breaker is switched on) and the blue LED labeled

OUTPUT OK is lit steadily (indicating that the supply is receiving power from the DC source).

Chapter 14: Maintaining M40e Router Hardware Components

If these LEDs are blinking or other LEDs are lit, there could be an error condition. For a

summary of LED states, see “M40e Power System Description” on page 42.

• Issue the following CLI command to check the status of the power supplies. The following example specifies a slot number (0), which is optional. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the State column indicates that the power supply is operating normally: user@host> show chassis environment pem 0

PEM 0 status:

State Online

Temperature OK

DC input OK

DC Output OK

Load Less than 40 percent

Voltage:

48.0 V input 55059 mV

48.0 V fan supply 50181 mV

5.0 V bias 5032 mV

8.0 V bias 8224 mV

NOTE: The messages in the craft interface LCD and the output from CLI show commands refer to the power supply on the right as PEM 0 and the power supply on the left as PEM 1.

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

• Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs and the LCD on the craft interface. Power supply failure or removal triggers an alarm that causes one or both of the LEDs to light and an error message to appear on the LCD. You can display the associated error messages by issuing the CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms

For a list of possible alarm messages, see “M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages” on page 147.

• Verify that the power source has the proper current rating and that each power supply is connected to a separate power source.

• Verify that the cable or cord connecting the power supply to the external power source is securely in place and that there is no moisture accumulating near the router.

• Verify that the cable or cord from the power source to the router is not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, replace the cable or cord immediately.

• Verify that the power cables or cord do not touch or obstruct access to other router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

• Verify that the air flow in and out of cooling system components is not obstructed.

143

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

Installing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 213

•

Installing an M40e DC Power Supply on page 217

•

Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the M40e Router on page 145

CHAPTER 15

Troubleshooting M40e Hardware

Components

•

•

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router on page 150

•

Troubleshooting FPCs on the M40e Router on page 152

•

Troubleshooting PICs on the M40e Router on page 153

•

Troubleshooting the M40e Power System When All LEDs on Both Supplies Are

Off on page 155

•

Troubleshooting the M40e Power System When All LEDs on One Supply Are Off or

LED States Are Not Correct on page 155

Overview of Troubleshooting Resources for the M40e Router

•

M40e Router Troubleshooting Resources on page 145

•

M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on page 147

•

•

Using Blown Fuse Indicators to Troubleshoot the M40e Router on page 149

M40e Router Troubleshooting Resources

To troubleshoot a router, you use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), LCD, alarms, devices connected to the alarm relay contacts on the TXP-CIP, and LEDs on both the components and craft interface.

• LEDs—When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate. In addition, you can also use the component-specific LEDs on the craft interface and on the faceplate of a component to troubleshoot the routing matrix.

See “M40e Router LED Overview” on page 146

• LCD—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the cause of the alarm messages is displayed on the craft interface LCD. Use the CLI to display more information about the alarm.

• Alarm devices connected to the alarm relay contact on the TXP-CIP—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, it trips the corresponding alarm relay contact on the TXP-CIP.

145

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• CLI—The CLI is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting hardware, the Junos

OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities. For information about using the CLI to troubleshoot the Junos OS, see the appropriate Junos OS configuration guide.

• JTAC—If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper

Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone. If you encounter software problems, or problems with hardware components not discussed here, contact JTAC.

Documentation

•

M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on page 147

•

•

Craft Interface LEDs on page 146

M40e Router LED Overview

•

•

Hardware Components LEDs on page 147

Craft Interface LEDs

The craft interface provides status and troubleshooting information at a glance. It is

located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage, as shown in “M40e Chassis

Description” on page 8. The LEDs on the craft interface include:

• Alarm—The circular red alarm LED at the upper left of the craft interface indicates a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow alarm next to it indicates a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance.

Both alarms can occur simultaneously. When an alarm LED is lit, the LCD describes

the cause of the alarm. For more information about the alarm LEDs, see “M40e Craft

Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls” on page 35. For more information about the causes

of alarms, see “M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages” on page 147.

• FPC—For each of the FPC slots in the router, there are two LEDs and an offline button located on the craft interface directly above the slot. The green LED labeled OK and

the red LED labeled FAIL indicate FPC status. For more information, see “FPC LEDs and Controls on the M40e Craft Interface” on page 38.

• Host module—Two sets of LEDs at the upper right corner of the craft interface indicate the status of the two host modules. Each set includes three LEDs—a green one labeled

MASTER , another green one labeled ONLINE, and a red one labeled OFFLINE. For more

information, see “Host Module LEDs on the M40e Craft Interface” on page 37.

Chapter 15: Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components

Hardware Components LEDs

LEDs on the faceplates of the following hardware components report their status:

•

AC power supply—A green LED labeled OUTPUT OK. For more information, see “M40e

Power System Description” on page 42.

• DC power supply—A green LED labeled CB ON, a blue one labeled OUTPUT OK, and

an yellow one labeled CB OFF. For more information, see “M40e Power System

Description” on page 42.

• MCS—A blue LED labeled MASTER, a green one labeled OK, and an yellow one labeled

FAIL

. For more information, see “M40e MCS LEDs” on page 33.

• PCG—A blue LED labeled MASTER, a green one labeled OK, and an yellow one labeled

FAIL

. For more information, see “M40e PCG LEDs” on page 19.

• PIC—Most PICs have an LED labeled STATUS on the PIC faceplate. Some PICs have additional LEDs, often one per port. The meaning of the LED states differs for various

PICs. For more information, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

• SFM—A green LED labeled OK and a red one labeled FAIL. For more information, see

“M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23.

Documentation

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

•

system or power supplies, as described in Table 18 on page 148.

M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages

When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm

LED on the craft interface as appropriate, trips the corresponding contact on the CIP, and reports the cause of the alarm in the craft interface LCD. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the show chassis alarms CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms

There are two classes of alarm messages:

• Chassis alarms—Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling

• Interface alarms—Indicate a problem with a specific network interface, as described

in Table 19 on page 148.

In both Table 18 on page 148 and Table 19 on page 148, the text in the column labeled “LCD

Message” appears in the LCD. The text in the column labeled “CLI Message” appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.

147

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

148

Table 18: M40e Chassis Alarm Messages

Component LCD Message CLI Message

Fans and impellers

Fan Failure RED ALARM - fan name Failure

Fan Removed

Fans Missing

YELLOW ALARM - fan name Removed

RED ALARM - Too many fans missing or failing

Temperature sensors

Temperature Warm

Temperature Hot

YELLOW ALARM - Temperature Warm

RED ALARM - Temperature Hot

Power supplies

Sensor Failure

PEM pem-ID Removed

RED ALARM - Temperature sensor failure

YELLOW ALARM - PEM pem-ID Removed

PEM pem-ID High Temp RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID High Temperature

SFMs

Host modules

Craft interface

PEM pem-IDOutput Fail RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID Output Failure

PEM pem-ID Input Fail RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID Input Failure

SFM sfm-number Failure RED ALARM - SFM sfm-number Failure (displayed only if no alternate SFM is housed in chassis)

SFM sfm-number

Removed

RED ALARM - SFM sfm-number Removed (displayed only if no alternate SFM is housed in chassis)

Host host-number

Failure

Host host-number

Removed

Craft Failure

RED ALARM - Host host-number Failure

RED ALARM - Host host-number Removed

YELLOW ALARM - Craft Failure

Table 19: M40e SONET/SDH Interface Alarm Messages

LCD Message CLI Message

interface-name so-x/x/x BERR-SD

interface-name so-x/x/x BERR-SF

interface-name so-x/x/x LAIS

interface-name so-x/x/x LOF

interface-name so-x/x/x LOL

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate defect

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate fault

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line AIS

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of frame

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of light

Chapter 15: Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components

Table 19: M40e SONET/SDH Interface Alarm Messages (continued)

LCD Message CLI Message

interface-name so-x/x/x LOP interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of pointer

interface-name so-x/x/x LOS

interface-name so-x/x/x LRDI

interface-name so-x/x/x PAIS

interface-name so-x/x/x PLL

interface-name so-x/x/x PMIS

interface-name so-x/x/x PRDI

interface-name so-x/x/x REI

interface-name so-x/x/x SEF

interface-name so-x/x/x UNEQ

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of signal

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line remote defect indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path AIS

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET PLL lock

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path mismatch

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path remote defect indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET remote error indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET severely errored frame

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET unequipped

Documentation

•

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 111

•

Using Blown Fuse Indicators to Troubleshoot the M40e Router on page 149

•

•

Figure 77 on page 150 shows the location in the fuse box of the fuse for each component.

Using Blown Fuse Indicators to Troubleshoot the M40e Router

The router uses fuses from the Cooper Bussman brand GMT series for the FPCs, MCSs,

PCGs, and SFMs. They are located in a fuse box on the rear of the midplane. When the fuse for a component blows, the component stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are still providing power to the router.

The labels shown in the figure do not appear on the actual fuses (the clear cover on every fuse reads BUSS GMT-X), but a table on the surface of the midplane below the fuse box displays the same information.

149

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 77: Fuse Locations in the Fuse Box

When a fuse has blown but the power supplies are still delivering power to router, the yellow LED adjacent to the fuse lights. For vertically oriented fuses (in the groups labeled

J241

through J244 in Figure 77 on page 150), the LED is located below the fuse; for

horizontally oriented fuses (in the group labeled J240), it is to the left of the fuse.

NOTE: The LEDs are each about 0.1in. (2 mm) square. They might be difficult to see when not lit.

A blown fuse can cause a component to fail even though it is correctly installed and the power supplies are functioning. Check for a blown fuse in the following circumstances:

• The LED that indicates normal operation for the component fails to light.

• The appropriate CLI show chassis environment command indicates that the component is installed but is not receiving power.

Documentation

•

Connecting the M40e Router to Management and Alarm Devices on page 111

•

Replacing a Fuse on an M40e Router on page 222

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

•

M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on page 147

•

•

and midplane. See “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router

Problem The cooling system is not functioning normally.

Solution The router's cooling system comprises separate front and rear subsystems:

The router’s cooling system comprises separate front and rear subsystems:

• The front subsystem includes the fan tray located behind the cable management system and the impeller located behind the craft interface. They cool the FPCs, PICs,

Chapter 15: Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components

• The rear subsystem include upper and lower impellers in the rear of the chassis. They

cool the SFMs, host module, PCGs, and power supplies. See “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

The cooling system draws in room air through the air intake vent located at the front of the chassis below the cable management system. After entering the chassis, the air stream separates into separate flows for the front and rear subsystems, and the MCS monitors the temperature of each flow independently. For a graphic depiction of the

airflow, see “M40e Cooling System Description” on page 48.

For the cooling system to function properly, the clearance around the chassis must be

sufficient for unobstructed airflow. See “M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and

Hardware Maintenance” on page 71.

During normal operation, the impellers and fans in the fan tray function at less than full speed. The MCS constantly monitors the temperatures detected by sensors on the midplane and router components, adjusting the speed of the fans and impellers as necessary. If the router temperature exceeds the acceptable maximum, the MCS turns off the power supplies. The following conditions automatically cause the fans and impellers to run at full speed and also trigger the indicated alarm:

• A fan or impeller fails (red alarm).

• One of the impellers is removed (yellow alarm).

• The router temperature exceeds the “temperature warm” threshold (yellow alarm).

• The temperature of the router exceeds the maximum (“temperature hot”) threshold

(red alarm and automatic shutdown of the power supplies).

For more information about impeller-related alarms, see “M40e Chassis and Interface

Alarm Messages” on page 147.

To troubleshoot the fans and impellers, follow these guidelines:

• If the red alarm LED on the craft interface lights, check the LCD on the craft interface for the source of the problem. The display reports the number of alarm conditions and

the source of each alarm, as described in “LCD Alarm Mode” on page 37. For a list of

messages, see “M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages” on page 147.

• Issue the following CLI command for more information about the source of an alarm condition: user@host> show chassis alarms

• On a DC-powered router, if the blue LED labeled OUTPUT OK is blinking on the power supply faceplate, the airflow passing by the power supply might be insufficient. Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the rear of the chassis to determine whether the impellers are expelling air.

151

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• If both power supplies have failed, the system temperature might have exceeded the

threshold, causing the system to shut down. See “Troubleshooting the M40e Power

System When All LEDs on Both Supplies Are Off” on page 155.

• If the LCD on the craft interface reports failure of only one impeller and the other impellers are functioning normally, the impeller is probably faulty and needs to be

replaced. For replacement instructions, see “Replacing the M40e Front Impeller

Assembly” on page 172, “Replacing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 175,

or “Replacing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly” on page 177. For instructions

about returning a faulty component to Juniper Networks, see “Contacting Customer

Support” on page 307.

Documentation

•

Replacing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router on page 168

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

Troubleshooting FPCs on the M40e Router

Problem The FPCs are not functioning normally.

Solution As soon as an FPC is seated in an operating router, the Routing Engine downloads the

FPC software to it. The FPC then runs diagnostics and enables the PICs housed on it.

During this time, the green LED labeled STATUS above the FPC on the craft interface blinks. When the FPC is online and functioning normally, the STATUS LED lights steadily.

To troubleshoot the FPCs, follow these guidelines:

• If the red LED labeled FAIL above the FPC on the craft interface lights steadily, check the LCD on the craft interface for a message about the status of the FPC and the PICs housed in it.

• Make sure the FPC is properly seated in the midplane—use a Phillips screwdriver to check that the screws at the top and bottom of the card carrier are tight.

• To check the status of an FPC, issue the CLI command: user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)

Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer

0 Online 37 4 0 32 2 40

1 Empty

2 Offline -- FPC not supported on platform --

3 Empty

4 Online 34 1 0 32 1 40

5 Online 35 4 0 32 2 40

6 Online 39 4 0 32 1 39

7 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example also specifies a slot number (0), which is optional:

Chapter 15: Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components user@host> show chassis fpc detail 0

Slot 0 information:

State Online

Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F

Total CPU DRAM 32 MB

Total SRAM 4 MB

Total SDRAM 128 MB

I/O Manager ASIC information Version 3.0, Foundry IBM, Part number

Start time: 2003-03-31 20:54:30 PDT

Uptime: 25 days, 8 hours, 5 minutes, 32 seconds

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

Documentation

•

•

•

For a list of messages that can appear in the output, see Table 20 on page 154.

• M320 Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) Description

Troubleshooting PICs on the M40e Router

Problem The PICS are not functioning normally.

Solution To troubleshoot the PICs:

Check the status of the LEDs located on the PIC faceplate. Many PICs have an LED labeled STATUS on their faceplate. Some PICs have additional LEDs, often one per port. For information about the LEDs on each PICs, see the M40e Multiservice Edge

Router PIC Guide.

Issue the following CLI command to check the status of a PIC: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 0 Online DPC 40x 1GE R

PIC 0 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 1 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN)

Slot 1 Online MX FPC Type 3

PIC 0 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

PIC 1 Online 1x OC-192 SONET

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System

Basics and Services Command Reference.

The PIC slots are numbered from 0 through 3, top to bottom

153

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

If an LED is lit indicating a problem with the PIC, issue the show chassis alarms CLI command to view a more detailed description of the alarm cause: user@host> show chassis alarms

If you are unable to correct the problem, replace the PIC with a spare. For instructions,

see “Replacing a PIC in an M40e Router” on page 198. If the LEDs light correctly on the

spare, the original PIC is faulty. Return it to Juniper Networks for replacement, as

described in “Contacting Customer Support” on page 307.

Table 20: SONET/SDH Interface Alarm Messages

CLI Message

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate defect

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET bit error rate fault

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line AIS

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET line remote defect indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of frame

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of light

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of pointer

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET loss of signal

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path AIS

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path mismatch

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET path remote defect indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET PLL lock

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET remote error indicator

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET severely errored frame

interface-name so-x/x/x - SONET unequipped

Documentation

•

• M40e PICs Supported

Chapter 15: Troubleshooting M40e Hardware Components

Troubleshooting the M40e Power System When All LEDs on Both Supplies Are Off

Problem The following LED states indicate that a power supply is functioning correctly:

• On an AC power supply, the green LED labeled OUTPUT OK is lit steadily.

• On a DC power supply, both the green LED labeled CB ON and blue LED labeled

OUTPUT OK are lit steadily and the yellow LED labeled CB OFF is not lit.

Solution If all LEDs are off on both power supply faceplates, either someone has switched off power to the router or the system temperature has exceeded the acceptable maximum.

In the latter case, the host module shuts down both power supplies. There is no power to the router, so the alarm LEDs on the craft interface are not lit and the LCD also goes blank.

Excessive system temperature is almost always caused by excessive environmental temperature. Correct the environmental temperature before powering on the router.

Documentation

•

•

•

of alarm conditions and the source of each alarm, as described in “M40e Craft

Troubleshooting the M40e Power System When All LEDs on One Supply Are Off or

LED States Are Not Correct

Problem If either of the following conditions applies, perform the diagnostic procedure described following the list of conditions:

• The LEDs on one power supply are all off, but the LEDs on the other supply indicate that it is functioning properly.

• The LED states on one or both supplies indicate a problem:

• On an AC power supply, the green LED labeled OUTPUT OK is blinking slowly.

• On a DC power supply, the green LED labeled CB ON is not lit and the yellow LED labeled CB OFF is lit, or the blue LED labeled OUTPUT OK is blinking or is not lit.

155

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Solution Perform the following steps to diagnose and correct the problem:

Check the red alarm LED on the craft interface:

• If it is lit, read the message on the craft interface LCD. The display reports the number

Interface LCD Description” on page 36. For a list of messages, see “M40e Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages” on page 147. Issue the following CLI command for

more information about the cause of an alarm condition: user@host> show chassis alarms

NOTE: The messages in the craft interface LCD and the output from

CLI show commands refer to the power supply on the right as PEM 0 and the power supply on the left as PEM 1.

A common cause of power supply shutdown is that the temperature of the power supply or another router component has exceed the maximum limit.

• If the red alarm LED is not lit, check that the power switch is in the ON ( | ) position.

On an AC-powered router, the switch for each power supply is on the power supply faceplate. On a DC-powered router, the switches are on the circuit breaker box.

Replace the faulty power supply with a spare. For instructions, see “Replacing an

M40e AC Power Supply” on page 211 and “Replacing an M40e DC Power Supply” on page 215. If the LEDs light correctly on the spare, the original power supply is faulty.

Return it to Juniper Networks for replacement, as described in “Contacting Customer

Support” on page 307.

If the spare power supply also does not work, connect the router to a different power source. You might also try replacing the power cord or cable. For instructions, see

Disconnecting and Connecting AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting and

Connecting DC Power on the M40e Router (you do not need to disconnect and reconnect the grounding cable on a DC-powered router).

If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance, see

“Contacting Customer Support” on page 307.

Documentation

•

•

•

CHAPTER 16

Replacing M40e Hardware Components

•

Tools and Parts Required to Replace M40e Hardware Components on page 158

•

•

Replacing the CIP on the M40e Router on page 160

•

Replacing Connections to the M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 163

•

Replacing the M40e Cooling System Components on page 167

•

Replacing the M40e Host Module Components on page 179

•

Replacing the M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Components on page 190

•

Replacing M40e Power System Components on page 211

M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the following types of FRUs:

• Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.

• Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering down the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.

• FRUs that require powering off the router—You must power off the router before removing these components.

Table 21 on page 158 lists the FRUs for the M40e router.

157

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 21: M40e Field-Replaceable Units

Hot-Removable and

Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs

FRUs That Require Powering Down the Router

Air filter

Fan tray (located behind the cable management system)

Flexible PIC Concentrator

(FPC)

Physical Interface Card

(PIC)

Power supply (AC or DC)

Small form-factor pluggable (SFP)

Miscellaneous Control

Subsystem (MCS)

Packet Forwarding Engine

Clock Generator (PCG)

Routing Engine

Switching and Forwarding

Module (SFM)

Circuit breaker box (on DC-powered router only)

Connector Interface Panel (CIP)

Documentation

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

•

•

To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 22 on page 158.

Tools and Parts Required to Replace M40e Hardware Components

Table 22: Tools and Parts Required to Replace M40e Hardware

Components

Tool or part Components

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

CIP

Craft interface

FPC

Front impeller assembly

MCS

PIC

PCG

Routing Engine

SFM

All

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Table 22: Tools and Parts Required to Replace M40e Hardware

Components (continued)

Tool or part Components

Flat-blade (–) screwdriver, 2.5 mm

Flat-blade screwdriver, approximately 1/4 in. (6 mm)

Alarm relay contacts on CIP

Craft interface

Front impeller assembly

Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Air filter

CIP

Circuit breaker box

Craft interface

DC power cables (to remove protective shield over circuit breaker box)

Fan tray

Fuse (to remove rear lower impeller assembly)

Impeller assembly

PCG

PIC

Power supply (AC or DC)

Routing Engine

SFM

7/16-in. hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in.

(2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm)

Circuit breaker box (to remove or install power cables)

DC power cables

Wire cutters

Rubber safety cap

Alarm relay contacts on CIP

Fiber-optic PIC or PIC cable

Documentation

•

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router on page 129

•

•

The CIP is located to the left side of the FPC card cage, as shown in “M40e Chassis

159

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the CIP on the M40e Router

Description” on page 8. It houses the Routing Engine interface ports, which accept

connections to external management and alarm-reporting devices.

The CIP is field-replaceable, but you must power off the router before removing or installing it. It weighs about 6.5 lb (3 kg). The cables and wire that connect to the Routing

Engine interface ports are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

•

Removing the M40e CIP on page 160

•

Installing the M40e CIP on page 161

Removing the M40e CIP

To remove the CIP (see Figure 78 on page 161):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

On the console or other management device connected to the master Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software. (If two Routing Engines are installed, also issue the command on the backup

Routing Engine.) user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

NOTE: The SFM might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

Press the power switch for both power supplies to the OFF (0) position. On an

AC-powered router, the switch for each power supply is on the power supply faceplate.

On a DC-powered router, the switches are on the circuit breaker box.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Disconnect any external devices connected to the CIP. For instructions, see “Replacing

the M40e Management Ethernet Cable” on page 163, “Replacing the M40e Console

or Auxiliary Cable” on page 166, and “Replacing Alarm Relay Wires on the M40e Router” on page 167.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the screw at each end of the CIP faceplate.

Grasp the CIP and slide it out of the chassis. Place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.

Figure 78: Removing the M40e CIP

Installing the M40e CIP

To install the CIP (see Figure 79 on page 162):

Verify that the router is powered down.

Carefully insert the rear of the CIP into the guides at the top and bottom of the CIP slot, which is located to the left of the FPC card cage.

NOTE: The components on the CIP are on the left side of the board, unlike the components of an FPC, which are on the right side. Verify that the components are on the left before inserting the CIP.

161

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Slide the CIP into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight within the slot to avoid damaging the connector pins on the front of the midplane.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the screw at each end of the CIP faceplate.

Reattach an external management device to one of the Routing Engine ports on the

CIP (AUXILIARY, CONSOLE, or ETHERNET). Also reattach alarm relay contacts if

desired. For instructions, see “Replacing the M40e Management Ethernet Cable” on

page 163, “Replacing the M40e Console or Auxiliary Cable” on page 166, and “Replacing

Alarm Relay Wires on the M40e Router” on page 167.

Power on the router and verify correct startup by performing the procedures in

“Connecting AC Power to the M40e Router” on page 119 for AC power or“Connecting

DC Power to the M40e Router” on page 120 for DC power.

Figure 79: Installing the M40e CIP

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

M40e CIP Serial Number ID Label on page 301

•

M40e Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 39

•

Replacing the M40e Management Ethernet Cable on page 163

Replacing Connections to the M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports

•

•

Replacing the M40e Console or Auxiliary Cable on page 166

•

Replacing Alarm Relay Wires on the M40e Router on page 167

Replacing the M40e Management Ethernet Cable

The ports on the CIP connect the Routing Engine to external management devices (see

Figure 80 on page 164).

163

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 80: Routing Engine Interface Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts

164

For cable specifications, see “Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router” on page 288. To replace the management Ethernet Cable:

Press the tab on the connector and pull the connector straight out of the ETHERNET

port. Figure 81 on page 165 shows the connector.

Disconnect the cable from the network device.

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate ETHERNET port.Figure

80 on page 164 shows the external device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled HOST 0

connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE 0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE 1).

Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 81: Ethernet Cable Connectors

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

165

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the M40e Console or Auxiliary Cable

“Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router” on page 288.

Figure 82: Routing Engine Interface Ports and Alarm Relay Contacts

166

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

Plug one end of the replacement cable into the appropriate CONSOLE or AUXILIARY

port.Figure 82 on page 166 shows the external device ports on the CIP. The ports labeled

HOST 0 connect to the Routing Engine in the upper Routing Engine slot (RE 0), and the ports labeled HOST 1 connect to the Routing Engine in the lower Routing Engine slot (RE 1).

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Plug the the other end of the cable into the device's serial port.

Replacing Alarm Relay Wires on the M40e Router

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router.

They accept wire of any gauge between 24-AWG and 12-AWG (0.20 and 3.33 mm

), which is not provided. Use the wire gauge appropriate for the external device you are connecting.

To replace the wires connecting to an alarm-reporting device:

Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.

Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 24-AWG and

12-AWG (0.20 and 3.33 mm

Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and remove the block from the relay contact.

Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block. Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block and insert replacement wires. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

Orient the terminal block according to the labels to the left of the appropriate relay contact (NC means “normally closed,” C means “common,” and NO means “normally open”).

Plug the terminal block into the relay contact and use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Connecting the M40e Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 113

•

•

Replacing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router on page 168

Replacing the M40e Cooling System Components

•

•

Replacing the M40e Air Filter on page 170

•

Replacing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly on page 172

167

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Replacing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly on page 175

•

Replacing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly on page 177

Replacing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router

•

Removing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router on page 168

•

Installing the M40e Fan Tray on page 169

Removing the Fan Tray on an M40e Router

The fan tray is located behind the cable management system on the front of the chassis,

as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. It weighs approximately 13 lb (5.9 kg).

To remove the fan tray (see Figure 83 on page 169):

Unwrap any PIC cables from the spools on the cable management system and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable management system and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install the fan tray (see Figure 84 on page 170):

Loosen the thumbscrew at each end of the fan tray, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the sides of the fan tray and pull firmly to slide it halfway out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans as you slide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and slide the tray completely out of the chassis after the fans stop spinning.

Figure 83: Removing the Fan Tray

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Installing the M40e Fan Tray

CAUTION: When sliding the fan tray into the chassis, take care not to catch and pinch any dangling PIC cables with the edges of the tray. Also make sure your fingers are not near the fans, which start spinning as soon as the fan tray contacts the midplane.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

about proper cable arrangement, see “Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables” on page 139.

Grasp the sides of the fan tray and align the rear of the tray with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the fan tray all the way into the chassis.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each end of the cable management system.

Rearrange the PIC cables in the cable management system. For more information

169

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 84: Installing the Fan Tray

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router on page 150

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

Replacing the M40e Air Filter

The air filter is located at the front of the chassis, below the FPC card cage and cable

management system (see “Removing the M40e Air Filter” on page 170).

To replace the air filter:

•

Removing the M40e Air Filter on page 170

•

Installing the M40e Air Filter on page 171

Removing the M40e Air Filter

To remove the air filter:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install the air filter (see Figure 86 on page 171):

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the air filter cover.

Grasp the edges of the air filter and pull it away from the front of the chassis.

Inspect the filter for dust, dirt, and holes. If needed, replace it.

Figure 85: Removing the Air Filter

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Installing the M40e Air Filter

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Grasp the sides of the air filter and push it firmly into place over the air intake vent.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the air filter cover.

Figure 86: Installing the Air Filter

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Maintaining the M40e Air Filter on page 130

•

Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the M40e Router on page 150

•

•

M40e Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 71

171

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

The front impeller assembly, which includes the craft interface, is located at the front of

the chassis above the FPC card cage, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8.

The assembly weighs approximately 14.5 lb (6.6 kg). The assembly is hot-removable

and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157.

The craft interface is attached to the front of the front impeller assembly. If you are removing the front impeller assembly to replace it and the replacement assembly does not have a craft interface already installed on it, you must transfer the craft interface from the removed assembly to the replacement assembly.

If the replacement front impeller assembly already has a craft interface on it, perform

only the procedures in “Replacing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly” on page 172.

•

Removing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly on page 172

•

Removing the M40e Craft Interface from the Front Impeller Assembly on page 173

•

Installing the M40e Craft Interface on the Front Impeller Assembly on page 174

•

Installing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly on page 175

Removing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

To remove the front impeller assembly (see Figure 87 on page 173):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

a craft interface panel installed on it, proceed to “Installing the M40e Front Impeller

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screw at each corner of the craft interface.

CAUTION: To avoid injury, as you slide the assembly out of the chassis do not touch any part of the impeller behind the front panel—the impeller might still be spinning.

Place one hand under the assembly to support it. When the impeller is no longer spinning, slide the assembly completely out of the chassis and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

If you are replacing the front impeller assembly and the replacement assembly has

Assembly” on page 175. Otherwise, proceed to “Removing the M40e Craft Interface from the Front Impeller Assembly” on page 173.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 87: Removing the Front Impeller Assembly

Removing the M40e Craft Interface from the Front Impeller Assembly

If you are replacing the front impeller assembly and the replacement assembly does not have a craft interface panel on the front, you must transfer the craft interface from the removed assembly to the replacement assembly. To remove the craft interface from the removed impeller assembly:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Figure 88 on page 174). Save the screws.

Place the removed and replacement impeller assemblies top side up on antistatic mats.

If not immediately transferring the craft interface panel to the replacement assembly, place an antistatic mat or electrostatic bag on a flat, stable surface to receive it.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the screws from the three semicircular metal tabs on the back of the craft interface that secure it to the impeller assembly (see

Grasp the ends of the craft interface, pull upward to release the hooks on the back of it from the windows on the front of the impeller assembly, then pull it toward you to

free the craft interface completely (see Figure 89 on page 174). If not immediately

transferring it to a replacement impeller assembly, place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

173

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 88: Removing the Screws Along the Top Front Edge of the Front

Impeller Assembly

Figure 89: Removing the Craft Interface

174

Installing the M40e Craft Interface on the Front Impeller Assembly

To attach the craft interface to the front impeller assembly:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

the impeller assembly (see “Removing the M40e Craft Interface from the Front Impeller

Place the replacement impeller assembly top side up on an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach the craft interface to the front of the impeller assembly, making sure that the hooks on the back of the craft interface clip securely into the windows on the front of

Assembly” on page 173).

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Align the holes in the three semicircular metal tabs on the back of the craft interface with the corresponding holes in the top of the impeller assembly.

Insert the screws you saved when removing the craft interface into the three holes

and tighten using a Phillips screwdriver (see “Removing the M40e Craft Interface from the Front Impeller Assembly” on page 173.

Installing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

To install the front impeller assembly (see Figure 90 on page 175):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Grasp the sides of the impeller assembly and align the rear of the assembly with the guides inside the chassis.

Slide the impeller assembly all the way into the chassis.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screw at each corner of the craft interface.

Figure 90: Installing the M40e Front Impeller Assembly

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Maintaining the M40e Fan Tray and Impellers on page 130

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

Replacing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

The rear lower impeller assembly is located at the lower left of the rear of the chassis,

above the left power supply, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. It weighs

about 4 lb (1.8 kg).

175

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

The assembly is hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e

Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157.

•

Removing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly on page 176

•

Installing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly on page 176

Removing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

To remove the rear lower impeller assembly (see Figure 91 on page 176):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install the rear lower impeller assembly (see Figure 92 on page 177:

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the thumbscrews at opposite corners of the impeller cover and slide the assembly halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: To avoid injury, as you slide the assembly out of the chassis do not touch any part of the impeller behind the front panel—the impeller might still be spinning.

When the impeller is no longer spinning, slide the assembly completely out of the chassis.

Figure 91: Removing the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

176

Installing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Orient the impeller so that the label is on the top. Align the rails on the upper edges of the impeller assembly with the guides inside the chassis.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Push the impeller assembly up and to the right to start it into the chassis, then slide it all the way in.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover.

Figure 92: Installing the Rear Lower Impeller Assembly

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Maintaining the M40e Fan Tray and Impellers on page 130

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

Replacing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

The rear upper impeller assembly is located at the upper left of the rear of the chassis,

as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. It weighs about 4 lb (1.8 kg).

The assembly is hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e

Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157.

•

Removing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly on page 178

•

Installing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly on page 178

177

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Removing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

To remove the rear upper impeller assembly (see Figure 93 on page 178):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install the rear upper impeller assembly (see Figure 94 on page 179):

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the thumbscrews at opposite corners of the impeller cover and slide the assembly halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: To avoid injury, as you slide the assembly out of the chassis do not touch any part of the impeller behind the front panel—the impeller might still be spinning.

When the impeller is no longer spinning, slide the assembly completely out of the chassis.

Figure 93: Removing the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

178

Installing the M40e Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Slide the assembly all the way into the chassis.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 94: Installing the Rear Upper Impeller Assembly

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Maintaining the M40e Fan Tray and Impellers on page 130

•

M40e Craft Interface Alarm LEDs and Controls on page 35

•

Replacing the M40e Host Module Components

•

Replacing an MCS in an M40e Router on page 179

•

Removing and Inserting the PC Card in an M40e Router on page 182

•

Replacing a DIMM Module in M40e Routing Engines on page 185

•

Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router on page 186

Replacing an MCS in an M40e Router

The router can have an MCS in each of the slots labeled MCS0 and MCS1 at the rear of

the chassis, as shown in Figure 95 on page 180. Each MCS weighs approximately 2.5 lb

(1 kg).

The MCSs are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)”

on page 157. For a description of the effect of removing an MCS, see “M40e Host Module

Description” on page 23. To replace an MCS:

179

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 95: Rear of M40e Chassis with Component Cover Removed

180

•

Removing an MCS from an M40e Router on page 180

•

Installing an MCS in an M40e Router on page 181

Removing an MCS from an M40e Router

To remove an MCS from an M40e router:

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the rear component cover by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover and pulling it straight off the chassis. For complete instructions, see

“Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift” on page 83.

If two host modules are installed, use one of the following two methods to determine which is functioning as master:

• Note which of the green host module MASTER LEDs is lit on the craft interface.

• The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field when you issue the command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status: Slot 0: Current state

Master ...

If the component you are removing belongs to the master host module and a second host module is installed, switch mastership to the standby host module by issuing the CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

To halt the router: user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

NOTE: The SFM might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

Push the end of each extractor clip (located at each end of the MCS) outward.

Grasp the extractor clips and slide the MCS about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the MCS to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Figure 96: Removing an MCS from an M40e Router

Installing an MCS in an M40e Router

To install an MCS in an M40e router:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Place one hand under the MCS to support it and grasp one of the extractor clips on the faceplate with the other hand.

Align the rear of the MCS with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

Press the extractor clip at each end of the MCS inward.

Verify that the green LED labeled OK on the MCS faceplate is lit. Also check the host module LEDs on the craft interface to verify that the green LED labeled ONLINE is lit

181

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

for the host module to which the MCS belongs (“M40e Craft Interface Description” on page 34 shows the LEDs).

You can also verify correct MCS functioning by issuing the show chassis environment mcs

command described in “Maintaining the M40e Host

Module Components” on page 131.

Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the thumbscrew at each corner to

secure it to the chassis. For complete instructions, see “Reinstalling the M40e

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Figure 97: Installing an MCS in an M40e Router

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

M40e Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) Description on page 31

•

M40e MCS LEDs on page 33

•

Removing and Inserting the PC Card in an M40e Router

A slot labeled PC CARD on the Routing Engine faceplate accepts a Type I PC Card, as defined in the PC Card Standard published by the Personal Computer Memory Card

International Association (PCMCIA). The router is shipped with a PC Card that contains

Junos OS. The PC Card can be used to copy Junos OS from the PC Card onto the Routing

Engine. You can also copy Junos OS from the Routing Engine onto a PC Card, for example, to create a backup copy of upgrade software that you have obtained from Juniper

Networks. Instructions for copying software to a PC Card are available at the Juniper

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Networks Support Web site ( http://www.juniper.net/support/ ); after logging in, navigate to the Customer Support Center, then to the download page for Junos OS.

NOTE: The appearance and position of electronic components or the PC

Card slot on your Routing Engine might differ from the figures in this section.

These differences do not affect Routing Engine installation and removal or functionality.

NOTE: The software on a PC Card is loaded only onto the Routing Engine into which the PC Card is inserted. It is not automatically copied to the other

Routing Engine.

•

Removing the M40e PC Card on page 183

•

Inserting the M40e PC Card on page 184

Removing the M40e PC Card

The PC Card is inserted in the slot labeled PC CARD in the Routing Engine faceplate. To

remove the PC Card (see Figure 98 on page 184):

Remove the rear component cover by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover and pulling it straight off the chassis. For complete instructions, see

“Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift” on page 83.

Press the eject button located next to the PC Card slot in the Routing Engine faceplate.

Note that the PC Card slot might be located in a different position from that shown

in Figure 98 on page 184.

When the PC Card pops partially out of the slot, grasp the card and pull it straight out of the slot.

183

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 98: Removing the PC Card

Inserting the M40e PC Card

To insert the PC Card (see Figure 99 on page 185):

Orient the PC Card with the Juniper Networks logo facing in the direction specified on the Routing Engine faceplate. Insert the card into the slot.

Press the card firmly all the way into the slot. Note that the PC Card slot might be

located in a different position from that shown in Figure 99 on page 185.

Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the thumbscrew at each corner to

secure it to the chassis. For complete instructions, see “Reinstalling the M40e

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Figure 99: Inserting the PC Card

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router on page 288

•

Replacing a DIMM Module in M40e Routing Engines

Removing a M40e DIMM Module on page 185

Installing a M40e DIMM Module on page 186

Removing a M40e DIMM Module

The DIMM modules are located on the top of the Routing Engine. To remove a DIMM module:

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the Routing Engine.

Depending on which Routing Engine you are using, there are two different procedures for ejecting the DIMMs:

• For Routing Engines with an ejector on one side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejector of the DIMM module. The edge of the module raises upward.

• For Routing Engines with ejectors on each side of the DIMM, press the plastic ejectors on both sides of the DIMM module.

Grasp the DIMM module, being careful not to touch any electrical components on the module, and firmly pull it out of the slot on the Routing Engine.

185

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Place the DIMM module on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Push the plastic ejectors to close the empty DIMM module slot.

Installing a M40e DIMM Module

To insert a DIMM module into the Routing Engine:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the DIMM module from its electrostatic bag.

To open the empty DIMM slot, press the plastic ejectors open.

Grasp the DIMM module by the edges, being careful not to touch any electrical components.

Pressing firmly on both ends, push the module into the slot until the ejectors return completely to the closed position.

Install the Routing Engine.

You can view the the SDRAM configuration and verify the DIMM was installed correctly by issuing the show chassis routing-engine command.

Figure 100: Installing the DIMM Module

Documentation

•

Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router on page 186

•

Replacing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router

The router can have a Routing Engine in each of the slots labeled RE0 and RE1 at the rear

of the chassis, as shown in Figure 101 on page 187. Each Routing Engine weighs

approximately 1.5 lb (0.7 kg).

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

The Routing Engines are hot-pluggable. For a description of the effect of removing a

Routing Engine, see “M40e Host Module Description” on page 23.

Figure 101: Rear of M40e Chassis with Component Cover Removed

•

Removing a Routing Engine from an M40e Router on page 187

•

Installing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router on page 189

Removing a Routing Engine from an M40e Router

To remove a Routing Engine from an M40e router:

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Remove the rear component cover by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover and pulling it straight off the chassis. For complete instructions, see

“Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift” on page 83.

If two host modules are installed, use one of the following two methods to determine which is functioning as master:

• Note which of the green host module MASTER LEDs is lit on the craft interface.

• The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field when you issue the command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status: Slot 0: Current state

Master ...

187

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

For more information about switching host module mastership, see “M40e Host

Module Description” on page 23.

On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine you are removing, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command. The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved: user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

NOTE: The SFM might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

Using your thumbs, push and hold the red tab on each extractor clip toward the outer edge of the unit. Push the ends of the extractor clips outward to unseat the Routing

Engine from the chassis.

Grasp the extractor clips and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Slide the Routing Engine straight out of the chassis. Damage can result if the Routing Engine gets lodged because of uneven movement.

Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 102: Removing a Routing Engine from an M40e Router

Installing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router

To install a Routing Engine in an M40e router:

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it and grasp one of the extractor clips on the faceplate with the other hand.

Align the rear of the Routing Engine with the guide rails inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

CAUTION: Align the Routing Engine carefully with the guide rails and push it in evenly. Damage can result if the Routing Engine gets lodged in the rails because of uneven movement.

Press the extractor clip at each end of the Routing Engine inward to seat the unit firmly in the chassis.

Check the host module LEDs on the craft interface to verify that the green LED labeled

ONLINE

is lit for the host module to which the Routing Engine belongs (“M40e Craft

Interface Description” on page 34 shows the LEDs).

189

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

You can also verify correct Routing Engine functioning by issuing the show chassis routing-engine

command described in “Maintaining the M40e Host

Module Components” on page 131.

Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the thumbscrew at each corner to

secure it to the chassis. For complete instructions, see “Reinstalling the M40e

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Figure 103: Installing a Routing Engine in an M40e Router

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router on page 288

•

Replacing the M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Components

For instructions on replacing Packet Forwarding Engine components, see:

•

Replacing a PCG in an M40e Router on page 196

•

•

Replacing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 198

•

Replacing PIC Cables in an M40e Router on page 203

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

•

Replacing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 206

•

Replacing an SFP in an M40e PIC on page 208

Replacing an FPC in an M40e Router

FPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable

Units (FRUs)” on page 157. When you remove an FPC, forwarding operations halt for about

200 ms while the Packet Forwarding Engine flushes the shared memory buffers on the remaining FPCs.

•

Removing an FPC in an M40e Router on page 191

•

To remove an FPC (see Figure 104 on page 193):

Removing an FPC in an M40e Router

Place an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the FPC. If you are removing

PICs from the FPC, prepare an antistatic mat or electrostatic bag for each one. If any of the PICs on the FPC use fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install an FPC (see Figure 105 on page 195 and Figure 106 on page 196):

Label the cables connected to each PIC on the FPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct PICs.

Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:

• Press and hold the FPC offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out. The LEDs and offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC. If a PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system, to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

191

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

If you are transferring any PICs to a different FPC, remove them while the FPC is still installed: a.

Unscrew the thumbscrews at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate simultaneously and at about the same rate (unscrewing the two screws alternately or at very different rates can cause the PIC to become lodged in the FPC slot, making it difficult to turn the screws).

Slide the PIC out of the slot and immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.

Loosen the thumbscrew at each end of the FPC, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Pull the ends of the ejector levers, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, away from the face of the FPC until they are nearly perpendicular to it.

Grasp the top and bottom flanges of the card carrier and slide the FPC about halfway out of the card cage.

10.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 15 lb (6.8 kg)—as you slide the

FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector levers, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

11.

If you are not reinstalling a FPC into the emptied FPC slot within a short time, install a blank FPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC into a different slot.

Figure 104: Removing an FPC from an M40e Router

Installing an FPC in an M40e Router

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

commands described in“Maintaining M40e FPCs” on page 132

Verify that the ends of the ejector levers, which are located at each end of the FPC, are pushed outward, nearly perpendicular to the face of the FPC.

Grasp the front of the FPC with one hand and place the other hand under the FPC to support it.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector levers, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

193

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

194

Align the rear bottom corners of the FPC with the guides at the bottom of the FPC slot. Slide the FPC into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.

Push the ends of the ejector levers inward until they are nearly flush with the face of the FPC.

Tighten the thumbscrew at each end of the FPC to seat the FPC securely in the chassis.

For each different PIC you install in the FPC: a.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that there is a rubber safety cap over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Slide the PIC into a slot in the FPC, aligning the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the FPC slot and then firmly pushing the PIC into place.

CAUTION: Insert the PIC straight into the FPC slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

Tighten the thumbscrews at the ends of the PIC faceplate simultaneously and at about the same rate (tightening the two screws alternately or at very different rates can cause the PIC to become lodged in the FPC slot, making it difficult to turn the screws). Verify that the PIC is seated properly.

If any of the PICs on the FPC connect to fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.

Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC.

Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

10.

Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

• Press and hold the FPC offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. The LEDs and offline button for each FPC are located directly above it on the craft interface.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and

Services Command Reference.

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status

and “Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables” on page 139.

Figure 105: Installing an FPC in an M40e Router

195

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 106: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC in an M40e Router

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

M40e Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) Description on page 13

•

Maintaining M40e FPCs on page 132

•

Troubleshooting FPCs on the M40e Router on page 152

Replacing a PCG in an M40e Router

During normal operation, both PCGs generate a 125-MHz clock signal, but only one is designated as the master. The modules and ASICs in the Packet Forwarding Engine that use the clock signal to gate packet processing use only the signal from the master PCG.

For information about determining which PCG is the master, see “Maintaining the M40e

PCGs” on page 141.

PCGs are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removal or failure of the backup PCG does not affect router function. If the

master PCG fails or is removed from the chassis, however, the Packet Forwarding Engine resets so that the components start using the signal from the other PCG (which becomes the master). The Packet Forwarding Engine cannot accept incoming packets until each

PFE component, including the SFM and FPCs, resets to recognize the new master PCG.

This can result in traffic halting for several minutes.

•

Removing a PCG in an M40e Router on page 196

•

To remove a PCG (see Figure 107 on page 197):

Removing a PCG in an M40e Router

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

“Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis” on page 97.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Remove the rear component cover by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover and pulling it straight off the chassis. For complete instructions, see

Press and hold the offline button on the PCG faceplate until the yellow LED labeled

FAIL lights, which takes about 3 seconds.

(Keep in mind that if you are removing the master PCG, forwarding halts while the

Packet Forwarding Engine resets so that the components start using the clock signal from the other PCG, which becomes the master.

Loosen the thumbscrew at the lower right corner of the PCG faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the thumbscrew and slide the PCG about halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Be careful to slide the PCG straight out of the chassis to avoid bending any of the pins on the underside of the board.

Place one hand under the PCG to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Figure 107: Removing a PCG

Installing a PCG in an M40e Router

To install a PCG (see Figure 108 on page 198):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

command, as described in “Maintaining the M40e PCGs” on page 141.

Place one hand under the PCG to support it and grasp the thumbscrew on the faceplate with the other hand.

197

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Align the rear of the PCG with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

Tighten the thumbscrew on the faceplate to seat the PCG firmly in the chassis.

Verify that the green LED labeled OK lights steadily, which takes about 3 seconds.

You can also verify correct PCG functioning by issuing the show chassis environment pcg

Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the thumbscrew at each corner to

secure it to the chassis. For complete instructions, see “Reinstalling the M40e

CAUTION: To maintain proper airflow and provide electromagnetic shielding, do not operate the router without the rear component cover in place.

Figure 108: Installing a PCG

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

M40e Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs) Description on page 18

•

Maintaining the M40e PCGs on page 141

•

Replacing a PIC in an M40e Router

PICs are housed in the FPCs installed in the front of the router, as shown in “M40e Chassis

Description” on page 8. PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

“M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removing a PIC does not affect

router function, except that the PIC no longer receives or transmits data.

•

Removing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 199

•

Installing a PIC in an M40e Router on page 201

Removing a PIC in an M40e Router

To remove a PIC (see Figure 109 on page 200):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the

PIC. If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install a PIC (see Figure 110 on page 202 and Figure 111 on page 203):

If the PIC has multiple cable connector ports, label the cable connected to each port, to make it easier to reconnect the cables correctly.

Use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

• Press and hold the PIC offline button until its failure indicator LED lights, which usually takes about 5 seconds. The failure LED is usually red; for more information, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide. For the PICs that install on an

Type 1 FPCs, the offline button for each PIC is next to it on the FPC card carrier. For the PICs that install on an Type 2 FPCs, the offline button is on the PIC faceplate.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

Disconnect the cables from the PIC. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

199

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Slide the PIC out of the FPC card carrier and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.

If you are not reinstalling a PIC into the emptied PIC slot within a short time, install a blank PIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

Figure 109: Removing a PIC from an M40e Router

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Installing a PIC in an M40e Router

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

in “Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables” on page 139.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that there is a rubber safety cap over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.

Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.

CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

Tighten the thumbscrews at the top and bottom of the PIC faceplate simultaneously and at about the same rate (tightening the two screws alternately or at very different rates can cause the PIC to become lodged in the FPC slot, making it difficult to turn the screws). Verify that the PIC is seated properly.

If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.

Arrange each cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

201

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press and hold the PIC offline button until the status LED on the PIC faceplate indicates normal functioning, which usually takes about 5 seconds. The LED is usually green; for more information, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC

Guide. For the PICs that install on an Type 1 FPCs, the offline button for each PIC is next to it on the FPC card carrier. For the PICs that install on an Type 2 FPCs, the offline button is on the PIC faceplate.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described

Figure 110: Installing a PIC from an M40e Router

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 111: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC in an M40e Router

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Troubleshooting PICs on the M40e Router on page 153

•

Replacing PIC Cables in an M40e Router

Removing and installing PIC cables do not affect router function, except that a PIC does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected. To replace a PIC cable:

•

Removing a PIC Cable from an M40e Router on page 203

•

Installing a PIC Cable in an M40e Router on page 204

Removing a PIC Cable from an M40e Router

To remove a PIC cable:

If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and transceiver.

If removing all cables connected to the PIC, use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

203

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the PIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Remove the cable from the cable management system and detach it from the destination port.

Installing a PIC Cable in an M40e Router

To install a PIC cable (see Figure 112 on page 205):

Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.

Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.

If the PIC is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

• Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green. For a PIC installed in a Type 1 FPC, use a tool—such as a flat-blade screwdriver—to press the button slightly beneath the faceplate of the PIC. For a PIC installed in a Type 2 FPC, use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button.

• Issue the CLI command: user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command

described in “Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables” on page 139.

Figure 112: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

•

in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. Only one SFM is active at a time, with the

205

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Replacing an SFM in an M40e Router

One or two SFMs can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the chassis, as shown

SFMs are hot-pluggable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. Removing the standby SFM has no effect on router function. If the active SFM

fails or is removed from the chassis, the effect depends on how many SFMs are installed:

• If there is one SFM, forwarding halts until the SFM is replaced and functioning again.

It takes approximately one minute for the replaced SFM to boot and become active; reading in router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.

• If there are two SFMs, the effect depends on which release of the Junos OS is running on the router:

• With Junos OS Release 5.4 and later, the standby SFM assumes forwarding functions in less than one second.

• With Junos OS Release 5.3 and earlier, forwarding halts while the standby SFM boots and becomes active, which takes approximately 1 minute; synchronizing router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.

•

Removing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 206

•

Installing an SFM in an M40e Router on page 207

Removing an SFM in an M40e Router

To remove an SFM (see Figure 113 on page 207):

Remove the rear component cover by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the cover and pulling it straight off the chassis. For complete instructions, see

“Reinstalling the M40e Components into the Chassis” on page 97.

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Loosen the thumbscrew on each ejector locking tab (shown in “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23), using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

If you are removing the active SFM or CFEB-E, press and hold the online/offline button on the faceplate until the yellow LED labeled FAIL lights, which takes about 5 seconds.

(The effect of removing the active SFM or CFEB-E depends on whether a second SFM or CFEB-E is installed.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Pull the end of each ejector handle outward until it is nearly perpendicular to the SFM or CFEB-E faceplate.

Grasp the ejector handles and pull firmly to slide the SFM or CFEB-E about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the SFM or CFEB-E to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: When an SFM or CFEB-E is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack SFMs or CFEB-Es on top of or under other components. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Figure 113: Removing an SFM

Installing an SFM in an M40e Router

To install an SFM (see Figure 114 on page 208):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Tighten the thumbscrew on each ejector locking tab (shown in “M40e SFM LEDs” on page 23) to seat the SFM or CFEB-E firmly in the chassis.

Verify that the ends of the ejector handles are pulled outward to a position nearly perpendicular to the faceplate of the SFM or CFEB-E.

Place one hand under the SFM or CFEB-E to support it and grasp one of the ejector handles at the front with the other hand.

Align the rear of the SFM or CFEB-E with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.

Press the ejector handle at each end of the SFM or CFEB-E inward.

207

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Press the offline button on the SFM faceplate and hold it down until the green LED labeled OK lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

You can also verify correct SFM functioning by issuing the show chassis sfm commands

described in “Maintaining M40e SFMs” on page 141.

Figure 114: Installing an SFM

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

• Configuring SFM Redundancy on M40e and M160 Routers

•

M40e Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) Description on page 20

•

a PIC. For more information, see “M40e PICs Description” on page 12. SFPs are

Replacing an SFP in an M40e PIC

Small form-factor pluggables (SFPs) are optical transceivers that can be removed from

hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing an SFP does not interrupt PIC functioning, but the removed SFP no longer receives or transmits data.

•

Removing an SFP from an M40e PIC on page 208

•

Installing an SFP in an M40e PIC on page 210

Removing an SFP from an M40e PIC

To remove an SFP (see Figure 115 on page 209):

Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the

SFP. Have ready a rubber safety cap for the SFP transceiver and the cable.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

To install a replacement SFP (see Figure 116 on page 211):

Label the cable connected to the SFP so that you can later reconnect it to the correct

SFP.

Disconnect the cable from the SFP. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of the cable with a rubber safety cap.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Pull the ejector handle away from the SFP faceplate to unseat the SFP from the PIC.

Pull the SFP out of the PIC and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: After removing a transceiver from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it or inserting a transceiver into a different slot.

Figure 115: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)

Connector

Locking pin

209

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Installing an SFP in an M40e PIC

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the SFP transceiver, installing one if necessary.

Orient the SFP over the port in the PIC so that the connector end will enter the slot first and the SFP connector faces the appropriate direction:

• If the PIC has ten SFP ports, the ports are arranged in two columns. The SFP connector faces to the right for ports in the left column, and to the left for ports in the right column.

• If the PIC has one or two SFP ports, the SFP connector faces to the left on platforms in which FPCs are installed vertically in the chassis, and faces upward on platforms in which FPCs are installed horizontally in the chassis.

Slide the SFP into the slot. If there is resistance, remove the SFP and flip it so that the connector faces the other direction.

Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into the transceiver.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the SFP is functioning correctly (there is an LED for each SFP port). For more information about the PIC

LEDs, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide. You can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in

“Maintaining M40e PICs and PIC Cables” on page 139.

Figure 116: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)

Connector

Locking pin

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

•

Replacing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 211

Replacing M40e Power System Components

•

•

Replacing an AC Power Cord on an M40e Power Supply on page 215

•

Replacing the Circuit Breaker Box on a DC-Powered M40e Router on page 218

•

•

Replacing a Fuse on an M40e Router on page 222

Replacing an M40e AC Power Supply

An AC-powered router has two load-sharing, redundant AC power supplies. Each power

supply is hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e Field-Replaceable

Units (FRUs)” on page 157. When one power supply fails or is powered down, the other

power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router.

•

Removing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 212

•

Installing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 213

211

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Removing an M40e AC Power Supply

The AC power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis, as shown in Figure

2 on page 10. Each AC power supply weighs approximately 15 lb (6.8 kg).

CAUTION: Do not leave a power supply slot empty for more than 30 minutes while the router is operational. For proper airflow, the power supply must remain in the chassis, or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

To remove an AC power supply (see Figure 118 on page 213):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

supply (see “Removing an M40e DC Power Supply” on page 216). They can

Press the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the OFF (O) position.

NOTE: If you are not removing the power supply, but simply powering it off, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. If you need to power it off again, wait for at least 60 seconds after powering it on.

Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the faceplate.

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the handle or handles on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the power supply to support it, then slide it completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power

contain dangerous voltages.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 117: Removing an AC Power Supply

Figure 118: Rear of AC Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors

Installing an M40e AC Power Supply

To install an AC power supply (see Figure 119 on page 214):

Verify that the power switch on the power supply faceplate is in the OFF (O) position.

Locate the power cord shipped with the router, which should be appropriate for your

geographical location (see “M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord

Specifications” on page 277).

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Place one hand under the power supply and grasp a handle on the faceplate with the other hand. Slide the power supply into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Starting with the bottom screws, tighten (but do not overtighten) the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate.

Insert the appliance coupler end of the power cord into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate and insert the plug into an AC power source receptacle. Verify that the power cord does not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on it.

213

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: The AC power source must supply 220 VAC power (nominal range

200–240 VAC), not 110 VAC power (nominal range 100–120 VAC).

Press the power switch on the faceplate to the ON ( | ) position. Verify that the green

LED labeled OUTPUT OK on the faceplate blinks rapidly for a short time, then lights steadily.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

Figure 119: Installing an AC Power Supply

214

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

•

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Replacing an AC Power Cord on an M40e Power Supply

To replace the power cord for an AC power supply:

Locate a replacement power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your

geographical location (see “M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord

Specifications” on page 277).

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Press the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the OFF (O) position.

Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the faceplate and from the power source receptacle.

Insert the appliance coupler end of the replacement power cord into the appliance inlet on the power supply faceplate and insert the plug into an AC power source receptacle. Verify that the power cord does not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on it.

NOTE: The AC power source must supply 220 VAC power (nominal range

200–240 VAC), not 110 VAC power (nominal range 100–120 VAC).

Press the power switch on the power supply faceplate to the ON ( | ) position. Verify that the green OUTPUT OK LED eventually lights steadily.

NOTE: When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on.

In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of a second power supply.)

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

• Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router

•

Replacing an M40e DC Power Supply

On a DC-powered router, the router has two load-sharing, redundant DC power supplies.

Each power supply is hot-removable and hot-insertable, as described in “M40e

Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)” on page 157. When one power supply fails or is powered

215

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide down, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router.

•

Removing an M40e DC Power Supply on page 216

•

Installing an M40e DC Power Supply on page 217

Removing an M40e DC Power Supply

The DC power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e

Chassis Description” on page 8. Each DC power supply weighs approximately 13 lb

(5.9 kg).

To remove a DC power supply (see Figure 120 on page 217):

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

supply (see Figure 121 on page 217). They can contain dangerous voltages.

Press the power switch for the power supply (located on the circuit breaker box) to the OFF (O) position.

NOTE: If you are power cycling the power supply rather than shutting it off for a time, wait at least 60 seconds after turning it off before turning it back on. If you need to power it off again, wait for at least 60 seconds after powering it on.

Shut off the power flowing to the power supply from the external power source, so that the voltage across the leads of the power cables is 0 V. Ensure that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during the procedure.

Loosen the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.

Grasp the handle or handles on the power supply faceplate and pull firmly to slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.

Place one hand under the power supply to support it, then slide it completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the power

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Figure 120: Removing a DC Power Supply

Figure 121: Rear of DC Power Supply Showing Midplane Connectors

Installing an M40e DC Power Supply

To install a DC power supply (see Figure 122 on page 218):

Verify that there is no power flowing to the power supply from the external power source, so that the voltage across the leads of the power cables is 0 V. Ensure that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during the procedure.

Verify that the power switch for the power supply (located on the circuit breaker box) is in the OFF (O) position.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Place one hand under the power supply and grasp a handle on the faceplate with the other hand. Slide the power supply into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.

Starting with the bottom screws, tighten (but do not overtighten) the thumbscrew at each corner of the power supply faceplate.

Press the switch on the corresponding circuit breaker to the ON ( | ) position. Verify that on the power supply faceplate the green LED labeled CB ON lights steadily, the blue LED labeled OUTPUT OK blinks momentarily, then lights steadily, and the yellow

LED labeled CB OFF does not light.

217

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

Figure 122: Installing a DC Power Supply

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

Removing the Circuit Breaker Box from a DC-Powered M40e Router on page 219

Replacing the Circuit Breaker Box on a DC-Powered M40e Router

The circuit breaker box on a DC-powered router is field-replaceable, but you must power off the router before removing or replacing it.

•

•

Installing the Circuit Breaker Box in a DC-Powered M40e Router on page 220

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Removing the Circuit Breaker Box from a DC-Powered M40e Router

The circuit breaker box on a DC-powered router is located on the rear of the chassis above

the right power supply, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. It weighs

about 6 lb (2.7 kg).

CAUTION: Do not remove the grounding lug from the grounding points on the chassis during this procedure.

To remove the circuit breaker box (see Figure 123 on page 220):

Routing Engine.) user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos System Basics and Services

Command Reference.

NOTE: The SFM might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

For each power supply, press the power switch on the circuit breaker box to the OFF (O) position.

Shut off the power flowing from both external power sources, so that the voltage across the leads of the power cables is 0 V. Ensure that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during the procedure.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

see “Removing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 176.

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the screws securing the protective shield over the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box. Remove the cover.

219

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Using a 7/16-in. nut driver or wrench, loosen the outer nut securing the cable lug to each terminal stud. Remove the outer nuts and washers, leaving the inner nut and washer on each stud.

Slide the cable lug off of each terminal stud. Leave the inner washer and nut on each stud.

Remove the rear lower impeller assembly by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner and pulling the impeller assembly straight out of the chassis. For complete instructions,

Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the screw at each corner of the circuit breaker box. Loosen the thumbscrews at the top and bottom edge of the box.

10.

Pull the circuit breaker box straight out of the chassis.

Figure 123: Removing the Circuit Breaker Box

220

Installing the Circuit Breaker Box in a DC-Powered M40e Router

To install the circuit breaker box (see Figure 124 on page 222):

For each power supply, verify that the power switch on the circuit breaker box is in the

OFF (O) position.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

corner of the impeller cover. For complete instructions, see “Installing the M40e Rear

Align the guide pin on the back of the circuit breaker box with the opening in the chassis, then push the circuit breaker box straight in.

Tighten the thumbscrews at the top and bottom edge of the circuit breaker box. Using a Phillips screwdriver, tighten the screw at each corner of the box.

Slide the power cable lugs for both power sources onto the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box:

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

• Connect the positive (+) source cable lugs to the return terminals on the circuit breaker box, which are labeled RTN(+).

• Connect the negative (–) source cable lugs to the input terminals on the circuit breaker box, which are labeled –48V.

Slide a washer and then screw a nut onto each terminal stud (if the washers and nuts were not installed on the studs, they should be in the accessory box). Using a 7/16-in.

nut driver or wrench, tighten the nuts.

Replace the protective shield on the circuit breaker box and tighten the screws that secure it to the box.

Replace the rear lower impeller assembly by lining up the rails with the guides inside the chassis, pushing the impeller straight in, and tightening the thumbscrew at each

Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 176.

10.

Apply voltage from the DC power sources to the power cables so the router receives power.

11.

Press the switches on the circuit breaker box to the ON ( | ) position.

12.

Confirm that the LEDs on the power supply faceplates indicate correct operation: the green CB ON LED lights steadily, the blue OUTPUT OK LED blinks briefly, then lights steadily, and the yellow CB OFF LED does not light.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on. After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

221

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 124: Installing the Circuit Breaker Box

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

To replace a fuse (see Figure 125 on page 223):

Replacing a Fuse on an M40e Router

WARNING: You must power off the router before removing or installing a fuse.

Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,

see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

instructions, see “Removing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 176.

Remove the rear lower impeller assembly by loosening the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover and sliding the impeller assembly out of the chassis. For complete

Determine which fuse has blown. The yellow LED next to the fuse lights and the indicator bulb becomes visible through the clear cover on the fuse.

Chapter 16: Replacing M40e Hardware Components

Power off the router as described in Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e Router.

Grasp the blown fuse by the edges and rock it in its slot until it comes loose and disconnects. Rock up and down for a vertically oriented fuse (in the groups labeled

J241

through J243 in Figure 125 on page 223) and side to side for a horizontally oriented

fuse (in the group labeled J240). If the cover slips off the fuse, snap the cover back into place and begin again.

NOTE: We recommend you use an insulated fuse removal tool to remove fuses.

Remove the appropriate spare fuse from the group of fuses labeled J244 in Figure 125 on page 223. (The labels shown in the figure do not appear on the actual fuses—the

clear cover on every fuse reads BUSS GMT-X—but a table on the midplane below the fuse box displays the same information.) Verify that the spare has the same rating

and color coding as the fuse it is replacing, as specified in Table 23 on page 224. To see

the indicator bulb and printed rating, look at the fuse from the side.

For a vertically oriented fuse, orient the replacement fuse over the slot so that the text on the fuse cover (BUSS GMT-X) reads from bottom to top. For a horizontally oriented fuse, orient the replacement fuse over the slot so that the text on the fuse cover is upside down.

Press the new fuse into the slot.

Power on the router as described in “Connecting AC Power to the M40e Router” on

page 119 for AC power or“Connecting DC Power to the M40e Router” on page 120 for

DC power.

10.

Verify that the yellow LED next to the replacement fuse is no longer lit.

11.

Reinstall the rear lower impeller by sliding it back into the chassis and tightening the thumbscrew at each corner of the impeller cover. For complete instructions, see

“Installing the M40e Rear Lower Impeller Assembly” on page 176.

12.

Order new fuses from an electrical supply house to replace the spares in the J244 group. The Cooper Bussman product number for each fuse is GMT-X, where X is the amperage rating. For example, product number GMT-15 is a 15-A fuse, required for an

FPC.

Figure 125: Fuse Locations in the Fuse Box

223

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 23: M40e Fuse Specifications

Indicator Bulb

Color Component Fuse Rating

Red and blue

Gray

FPC

Yellow and green MCS

Red and white SFM

PCG

15 A

12 A

10 A

1 A

Quantity

Locations

J240 A, B, and C

J241 B and D

J242 A

J243 C and D

J244 D (spare)

J242 C

J243 A

J244 C (spare)

J241 A

J242 B and D

J243 B

J244 B (spare)

J240 D

J241 C

J244 A (spare)

Documentation

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

•

Using Blown Fuse Indicators to Troubleshoot the M40e Router on page 149

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 273

•

Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router on page 227

PART 4

Appendixes

•

•

M40e Router Environmental Specifications on page 271

•

•

Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications for the M40e Router on page 273

•

Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

•

M40e Cable Connector Pinouts on page 289

•

Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware on page 299

225

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

APPENDIX A

Safety and Regulatory Compliance

Information for the M40e Router

•

Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router on page 229

•

•

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the M40e Router on page 264

Definition of Safety Warning Levels

The M Series, MX Series, and T Series router documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings:

NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or might otherwise overlook it.

CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you, or severe damage to the router.

WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.

WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.

227

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

228

Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista.

Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels.

Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents.

Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer

Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der

Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen

Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur

Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.

Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.

Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.

Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.

¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.

Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador.

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

M40e General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 229

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router

•

•

Fire Safety Requirements for the M40e Router on page 233

•

M40e Router Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 234

•

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router on page 240

•

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e

Router on page 244

•

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router on page 250

M40e General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 229

•

Qualified Personnel Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 230

•

Restricted Access Area Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 231

•

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Router on page 232

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

The general safety guidelines and warnings help ensure your safety and protect the router from damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.

• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this documentation. Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.

• Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.

• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.

• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught in the chassis.

• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.

• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.

• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.

• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.

• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments.

• Operate the router only when it is properly grounded.

229

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

230

• Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating. (Applies only to the M320 and T320 routers.)

• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this documentation. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.

• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.

• Avoid spilling liquid onto the router chassis or onto any router component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the router.

• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.

• The equipment is suitable for over voltage category CAT II per IEC 60664-1.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

•

Qualified Personnel Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the router.

Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden.

Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän laitteen.

Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du personnel qualifié et compétent.

Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder auswechseln lassen.

Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio.

Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette utstyret.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado.

¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.

Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och kvalificerad personal.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

Restricted Access Area Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: The router is intended for installation in restricted access areas.

A restricted access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority responsible for the location.

Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang. Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie.

Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua. Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.

Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces dernières sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité. L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l'autorité responsable de l'emplacement.

Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem

Zutritt vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und

Schlüssel oder anderer Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen Gremium kontrolliert wird.

Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato.

Un'area ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata dall'autorità responsabile della zona.

Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området.

231

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

232

Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito.

Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local.

¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido. Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable del local.

Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den auktoritet som ansvarar för området.

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an M Series, MX Series, or T Series

Router

Many router hardware components are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:

• Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.

CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 Mohms.

• When handling any component that is removed from the chassis, make sure the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to one of the electrostatic discharge points on the chassis.

• Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still damage components.

• When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an

antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an electrostatic bag (see Figure 126

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

on page 233). If you are returning a component, place it in an electrostatic bag before

packing it.

Figure 126: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag

Documentation

•

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

•

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

Fire Safety Requirements for the M40e Router

•

Fire Safety Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 233

Fire Safety Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

•

General Fire Safety Requirements on page 233

•

Fire Suppression on page 234

•

Fire Suppression Equipment on page 234

General Fire Safety Requirements

In the event of a fire emergency involving routers and other network equipment, the safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.

In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment, and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when installing and operating your equipment.

233

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Fire Suppression

In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn power off to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants,

to extinguish the fire. For more information about fire extinguishers, see “Fire Suppression

Equipment” on page 234.

Fire Suppression Equipment

Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide

(CO

) and Halotron, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment.

Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers) near Juniper Networks equipment. The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean.

In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.

Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.

NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks router. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.

We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.

Documentation

• General Safety Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

• General Safety Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

• General Electrical Safety Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

• DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

M40e Router Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

Installation Instructions Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Routers on page 235

•

Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 236

•

Ramp Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 240

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

M40e Chassis Lifting Guidelines

The weight of a fully configured chassis is about 360 lb (164 kg). Observe these guidelines for lifting and moving the router:

•

Before moving the router, read the guidelines in“M40e Site Preparation Checklist” on page 67 to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and

clearance requirements.

• Do not attempt to lift a fully configured router by yourself. Using a mechanical lift to maneuver the router into a rack is recommended. If a lift cannot be used, a minimum of three people must lift the router, and you must remove components from the chassis before lifting.

• Before lifting or moving the router, disconnect all external cables.

• As when lifting any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.

Documentation

•

Installing the M40e Chassis into the Rack on page 95

•

Installing the M40e Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 81

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

•

Installation Instructions Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 235

•

Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 236

•

Ramp Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 240

Installation Instructions Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the router to a power source.

Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de voeding verbindt.

Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.

Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les directives d'installation.

Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die Stromquelle anschließen.

235

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all'alimentatore.

Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.

¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentación.

Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess strömförsörjningsenhet.

Documentation

•

Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Routers on page 236

•

Ramp Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 240

Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

Ensure that the equipment rack into which the router is installed is evenly and securely supported, to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading.

WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the router in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:

• The router must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure.

• The router should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.

• When mounting the router in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.

• If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the router in the rack.

Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

• De Juniper Networks router moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd.

• Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige in het rek is.

• Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.

• Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft.

Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:

• Juniper Networks router on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty rakennukseen.

• Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.

• Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.

• Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siinä.

Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:

• Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks router doit être fixé à la structure du bâtiment.

• Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le bas.

• Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.

• Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.

Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:

237

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

238

• Der Juniper Networks router muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.

• Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden.

• Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das

Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist.

• Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die

Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.

Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale:

• Il Juniper Networks router deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.

• Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità da montare nel supporto.

• Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto.

• Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.

Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:

• Juniper Networks router må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til bygningsstrukturen.

• Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i kabinettet.

• Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.

• Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.

Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança:

• O Juniper Networks router deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do edificio.

• Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única unidade a ser montada.

• Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.

• Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade.

¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes instrucciones:

• El Juniper Networks router debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del edificio.

• Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el mismo.

• Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado, comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior.

• Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.

Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet:

• Juniper Networks router måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i byggnadens struktur.

• Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned på ställningen.

• Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.

• Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.

Documentation

•

Installation Instructions Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 235

239

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

•

Ramp Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 240

Ramp Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: When you install the router, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees.

Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.

Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.

Attention Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.

Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.

Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.

Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.

Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.

¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados

Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.

Documentation

•

Installation Instructions Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 235

•

•

Rack-Mounting M40e Hardware Description on page 77

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router

•

General Laser Safety Guidelines for M Series and T Series Routers on page 240

•

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 241

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 241

General Laser Safety Guidelines for M Series and T Series Routers

Physical Interface Cards (PICs) with single-mode optical interfaces are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser Product by the U.S. Food and

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Drug Administration, and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per EN 60825–1 +A11

+A2 requirements.

When working around PICs, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury:

• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.

• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.

• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.

WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.

Documentation

•

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

General Laser Safety Guidelines for M Series and T Series Routers on page 240

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.

Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.

Attention Produit laser de classe I.

Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.

Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.

Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.

Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.

¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.

Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.

Documentation

•

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

241

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

General Laser Safety Guidelines for M Series and T Series Routers on page 240

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.

Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.

Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I.

Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.

Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.

Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.

Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.

¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.

Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.

Documentation

•

•

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 241

•

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments.

Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten.

Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.

Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide d'instruments optiques.

Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen

Geräten prüfen.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo direttamente.

Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.

Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos ópticos.

¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos ópticos.

Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska instrument.

Documentation

•

•

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 241

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 229

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

WARNING: Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.

Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden.

Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.

Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.

Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den

Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!

Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture.

243

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.

Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto.

¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación.

Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade öppningar.

Documentation

•

•

Class 1 Laser Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 241

•

Class 1 LED Product Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

•

Laser Beam Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 242

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router

•

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 244

•

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 245

•

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 247

•

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 248

•

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 249

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion.

Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt. Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.

Attention Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement.

Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.

Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr.

Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp. Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den

Anweisungen des Herstellers.

Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente. Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.

Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte.

Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten.

Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.

Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente.

Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante. Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.

¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta. Reemplazar la batería exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones del fabricante.

Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande.

Följ tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.

Documentation

•

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 245

•

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 247

•

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 248

•

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 249

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat

245

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.

Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen.

Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien).

Metalliesineet kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.

Attention Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques,

ôter tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés

à l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.

Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen.

Metallgegenstände erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt werden.

Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione, togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.

Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til polene.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.

¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.

Documentation

•

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 244

•

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 247

•

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 248

•

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 249

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.

Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.

Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita ukkosilmalla.

Attention Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles pendant un orage.

Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.

Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un temporale con fulmini.

Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det tordner eller lyner.

Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau tempo (trovoada).

¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.

Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss kablar.

Documentation

•

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 244

•

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 245

247

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 248

•

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 249

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: To prevent the router from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104°

F (40° C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.

Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke router van de Juniper Networks router dan ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-openingen te zijn.

Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks router-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.

Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper

Networks router, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est supérieure à 40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.

Warnung Um einen Router der router vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei bleibt.

Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei router, non adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2

cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole.

Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks router

Disse skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.

Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks router, não utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm à volta das aberturas de ventilação.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks router se recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.

Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks router överhettas genom att inte använda den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.

Documentation

•

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 244

•

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 245

•

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 247

•

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 249

Product Disposal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te worden afgedankt.

Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.

Attention La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.

Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend entsorgt werden.

Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia

Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og forskrifter.

Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os regulamentos e a legislação nacional.

¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y regulaciones nacionales

249

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar och föreskrifter.

Documentation

•

Battery Handling Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 244

•

Jewelry Removal Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 245

•

Lightning Activity Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 247

•

Operating Temperature Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 248

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings for the M40e Router

•

In Case of an Electrical Accident on page 250

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for the M40e

Router on page 250

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

In Case of an Electrical Accident

If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:

Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.

Disconnect power from the router.

If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then call for help.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 256

•

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for the M40e

Router

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 252

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

•

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Series, and T Series Routers

Install the router in compliance with the following local, national, or international electrical codes:

• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States

National Electrical Code.

• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.

• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.

• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.

• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.

• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to work.

• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.

• Operate the router within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.

• For the router and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition.

Many router components can be removed and replaced without powering off or disconnecting power to the router. Never install equipment if it appears damaged.

Documentation

•

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 252

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

•

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: The router is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the router is connected to earth ground during normal use.

251

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

252

Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden.

Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana.

Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S'assurer que l'appareil hôte est relié à la terre lors de l'utilisation normale.

Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das

Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist.

Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo.

Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal.

¡Atención! Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal.

Varning! Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är jordad vid normal användning.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 252

•

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

•

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the router midplane. Be careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components installed in the router.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

•

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

•

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

WARNING: The router has more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.

Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid volledig te verwijderen.

Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.

Attention Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation.

Pour supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent être débranchés.

Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.

Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.

Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.

Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.

¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las conexiones.

Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten

är fullständigt bruten.

253

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

254

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 252

•

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Before working on the router or near power supplies, unplug the power cord from an AC router; switch off the power at the circuit breaker on a DC router.

Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen; voor gelijkstroom toestellen dient u de stroom uit te schakelen bij de stroomverbreker.

Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ja katkaise tasavirtalaitteiden virta suojakytkimellä, ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.

Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation

électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif; couper l'alimentation des unités en courant continu au niveau du disjoncteur.

Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.

schalten Sie bei Gleichstromeinheiten den Strom am Unterbrecher ab.

Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA; scollegare l'alimentazione all'interruttore automatico sulle unità CC.

Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut p vekselstrømsenheter og strømmen kobles fra ved strømbryteren på likestrømsenheter.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada; desligue a corrente no disjuntor nas unidades de corrente contínua.

¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router de corriente alterna (CA); cortar la alimentación desde el interruptor automático en los equipos de corriente continua (CC).

Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden och för likströmsenheter bryta strömmen vid överspänningsskyddet.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 252

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 255

•

TN Power Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: The router is designed to work with TN power systems.

Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN energiesystemen.

Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien yhteydessä.

Attention Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes d'alimentation TN.

Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt.

Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN.

Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer.

Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN.

¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentación tipo TN.

Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN-typ.

Documentation

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

Grounded Equipment Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 251

255

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

•

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 252

•

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 254

•

M40e AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered routers:

• AC-powered routers are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature.

Equipment grounding should comply with local and national electrical codes.

• You must provide an external circuit breaker rated minimum 20 A, 250 VAC in the building installation.

• The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device. The socket outlet must be near the router and be easily accessible.

• The cores in the mains lead are colored in accordance with the following code:

• Green and yellow—Earth

• Blue—Neutral

• Brown—Live

• When a router is equipped with two AC power supplies, both power cords (one for each power supply) must be unplugged to completely disconnect power to the router.

• Note the following warnings printed on the AC power supply faceplate:

• To completely de-energize the system disconnect maximum of 2 power cordsets.

• Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag när den ansluts till ett nätverk. [Swedish]

Documentation

•

In Case of an Electrical Accident on page 250

•

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 259

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Routers on page 261

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers on page 263

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered router:

• A DC-powered router is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of a maximally configured router. To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of supplying at least 54 A. We recommend that the 48 VDC facility DC source be equipped with a circuit breaker rated at 125% of the power provisioned for the input minimum, or as required by local code.

Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. In the United

States and Canada, the –48 VDC facility should be equipped with a circuit breaker rated a minimum of 125% of the power provisioned for the input in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada. Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud.

NOTE: The router is equipped with a circuit breaker box rated at 80 A, but even when maximally configured requires a maximum of 54 A @ 48 VDC.

NOTE: If the circuit breaker at the facility DC source is rated at less than

80 A, it (rather than the circuit breaker on the router) provides primary current fault protection.

• Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate gauge wire to handle up to 100 A.

• A DC-powered router that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended only for installation in a restricted access location. In the United States, a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical

Code ANSI/NFPA 70.

NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.

• Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions, connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment.

257

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

258

• For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both the router and the supply side of the DC wiring.

• The marked input voltage of –48 VDC for a DC-powered router is the nominal voltage associated with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are only to be associated with float voltages for the charging function.

• Because the router is a positive ground system, you must connect the positive lead to the terminal labeled RTN(+), the negative lead to the terminal labeled –48V, and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points.

Documentation

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 261

•

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 263

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Use copper conductors only.

Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders.

Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia.

Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre.

Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter.

Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame.

Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger.

Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre.

¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre.

Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.

Documentation

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 261

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

•

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 263

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.

Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.

Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.

Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den

Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den

Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.

Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.

Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved

å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.

259

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

260

Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua.

Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF

(Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.

¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de

Apagado (OFF).

Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.

Documentation

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 261

•

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 263

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.

WARNING: When you install the router, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.

Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.

Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Attention Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours

être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.

Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.

Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.

Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.

Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada.

¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.

Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist.

Documentation

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 261

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 263

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When you connect the power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to

+RTN, then –48 V to –48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is –48 V to –48 V, +RTN to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire should always be connected first and disconnected last.

Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde,

+RTN naar +RTN, en –48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en –48 V naar –48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.

Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon,

+RTN varten +RTN, –48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on –48 V varten – 48 V, +RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.

261

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

262

Attention Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis –48 V à

–48 V. En débranchant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est –48 V

à –48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois.

Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu

Erdanschluss, +RTN zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz zum Abtrennen der Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und als letztes abgetrennt wird.

Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore

CC usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo

(da linea ad L) e da negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.

Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN,

–48 V til –48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er –48 V til –48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.

Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces –48 V a –48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado es

–48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.

Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.

¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados na extremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então –48 V a –48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é –48 V a –48 V,

+RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último.

Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, –48 V till

–48 V. Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar –48 V till –48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.

Documentation

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 263

•

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor.

Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.

Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.

Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.

Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene

Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese

Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen.

Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.

Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.

263

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima.

Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.

¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.

Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp.

Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.

Documentation

•

M40e DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 257

•

Copper Conductors Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 258

•

DC Power Disconnection Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 259

•

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 261

•

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the M40e Router

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Routers on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router on page 268

•

Agency Approvals for M40e Routers

The router complies with the following standards:

• Safety

• CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 60950-00/UL 1950 Third Edition, Safety of Information

Technology Equipment

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

• EN 60825-1 Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification, Requirements and User's Guide

• EN 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment

• EMC

• AS/NZS 3548 Class A (Australia/New Zealand)

• EN55022 Class A (Europe)

• FCC Part 15 Class A (USA)

• VCCI Class A (Japan)

• Immunity

• EN-61000-3-2 Power Line Harmonics

• EN-61000-3-3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker

• EN-61000-4-2 ESD

• EN-61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity

• EN-61000-4-4 EFT

• EN-61000-4-5 Surge

• EN-61000-4-6 Low Frequency Common Immunity

• EN-61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Sags

• ETSI

• ETSI EN-300386-2 Telecommunication Network Equipment. Electromagnetic

Compatibility Requirements

• NEBS

• GR-1089-Core: EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications

Equipment

• SR-3580 NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3 Compliance)

• GR-63-Core: NEBS, Physical Protection

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network

(CBN).

• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical

Code (NEC) applies.

265

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (i.e. DC-I), as defined in GR-1089-CORE.

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router on page 268

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network

(CBN).

• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical

Code (NEC) applies.

• The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (i.e. DC-I), as defined in GR-1089-CORE.

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router on page 268

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router

•

Canada on page 266

•

European Community on page 266

•

Declaration of Conformity on page 267

•

Japan on page 267

•

United States on page 267

Canada

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

European Community

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information for the M40e Router

Declaration of Conformity

Figure 127 on page 267 shows the Declaration of Conformity for the router.

Figure 127: M40e Declaration of Conformity

Japan

Translation from Japanese—This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. VCCI-A

United States

The router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential

267

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 266

•

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router on page 268

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Routers

Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and recycling.

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 266

•

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router on page 268

Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise for the M40e Router

• The emitted sound pressure is 70 dB(A) or less as per EN ISO 7779.

• Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung - 3. GPSGV, der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A) oder weniger gemäss EN ISO 7779

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for NEBS for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 266

•

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for M Series, MX Series, and

APPENDIX B

M40e Router Physical Specifications

•

Table 24 on page 269 summarizes the physical specifications for the router chassis.

M40e Router Physical Specifications

Table 24: M40e Chassis Physical Specifications

Description Value

Chassis height

Chassis width

35 in. (89 cm)

17.5 in. (44.5 cm) for sides of chassis

19 in. (48.3 cm) with front support posts and center-mounting brackets

Chassis depth

Weight, maximum configuration

29 in. (73.6 cm)

360 lb (164 kg)

Weight, minimum configuration

190 lb (86 kg)

Thermal output AC power: 9350 BTU/hour (2738 W)

DC power: 8350 BTU/hour (2445 W)

Table 25 on page 269 lists the weight of the chassis and major components.

Table 25: M40e Component Weights

Component

Approximate

Weight (lb)

Approximate

Weight (kg)

AC power supply 15 6.8

Air filter 2 0.9

269

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 25: M40e Component Weights (continued)

Component

Approximate

Weight (lb)

Cable management system 1

Chassis (with midplane, CIP, and circuit breaker box or panel)

113.5

DC power supply

Fan tray

FPC with 4 installed PICs

Front impeller assembly with craft interface

MCS

PCG

Rear lower impeller assembly

Rear upper impeller assembly

Routing Engine

SFM

1.5

14.5

2.5

0.75

5.9

6.8

6.6

1.1

0.34

2.3

1.8

0.7

2.3

Approximate

Weight (kg)

0.5

51.5

Documentation

• M40e PIC Overview

•

•

M40e Router Environmental Specifications on page 271

APPENDIX C

M40e Router Environmental

Specifications

•

M40e Router Environmental Specifications

Table 26 on page 271 specifies the environmental conditions required for normal router

operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible. Dust can clog air intake vents and filters, reducing cooling system efficiency. Check the filters and vents frequently,

cleaning them as necessary. For more information, see “Routine Maintenance Procedures for the M40e Router” on page 129.

Table 26: M40e Router Environmental Tolerances

Description Tolerance

Altitude

Relative humidity

Temperature

Seismic

No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048 m)

Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing

Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F to 104°F

(0°C to 40°C)

Tested to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements

Maximum thermal output AC power: 9350 BTU/hour (2738 W)

DC power: 8350 BTU/hour (2445 W)

271

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

NOTE: Install the router only in restricted or service areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16,

110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

For additional safety guidelines and requirements, see “General Safety

Guidelines and Warnings for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers” on page 229.

Documentation

•

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the M40e Router on page 266

•

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers on page 273

APPENDIX D

Power Guidelines, Requirements, and

Specifications for the M40e Router

•

•

M40e Chassis Grounding Specifications on page 276

•

•

M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord Specifications on page 277

•

M40e DC Power, Connection, and Cable Specifications on page 279

•

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

• Distance limitations for signaling—Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference.

In addition, the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse

(EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.

• Radio frequency interference—You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors. If you must exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.

• Electromagnetic compatibility—If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice. Strong sources of electromagnetic interference

(EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the router and conduct power surges over the lines into the equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.

CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning and surge requirements, intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends.

273

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord Specifications on page 277

•

•

M40e DC Power, Connection, and Cable Specifications on page 279

M40e Router Power Requirements

The router uses either AC or DC power. There are two load-sharing, pass-through power

supplies located at the bottom rear of the chassis, as shown in “M40e Chassis Description” on page 8. The power supplies connect to the midplane, which distributes power to

router components according to their individual voltage requirements. When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning and can provide full power indefinitely.

CAUTION: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported and prevents the router from booting. If two power supplies are installed, they must either both be AC or both DC.

A circuit breaker box must be installed on a DC-powered router, whereas a circuit breaker is incorporated into each AC power supply.

Table 27 on page 274 lists the AC and DC power system electrical specifications. Table

28 on page 275 lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the

router is operating under typical voltage conditions. For PIC power requirements, see the

M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

Table 27: M40e Power System Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage

AC input line frequency

AC system current rating

Operating range: 180 to 264 VAC

Nominal: 200 VAC, 208 VAC, 220 VAC, 240 VAC

47 to 63 Hz

15 A @ 200 VAC

13 A @ 240 VAC

Appendix D: Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications for the M40e Router

Table 27: M40e Power System Electrical Specifications (continued)

Item Specification

DC input voltage Operating range: –40.5 to –72 VDC

NOTE: If the input voltage from the DC power source drops below

Nominal: –48 VDC, –60 VDC

DC system current rating 54 A @ –48 VDC (nominal)

DC maximum system input power

2445 W

Table 28: M40e Component Power Requirements

Component Power Requirement (Amps)

Base system (cooling system, power supplies, and craft interface)

7-10 A @ –48 V

Host module (Routing Engine and MCS)

M40e Type 1 and Type 2 FPCs

1.3 A @ –48 V

1.6 A @ –48 V

PCG

SFM

0.2 A @ –48 V

1.3 A @ –48 V

You can use the information in Table 28 on page 275 to calculate power consumption for

various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for a DC-powered router. These examples use generalized values for PICs. For PIC power requirements, see the M40e

Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

• Power consumption for minimum configuration:

Base system + 1 FPC + 1 SFM + 1 host module + 2 PCGs + 4 PICs =

7 A + 1.6 A + 1.3 A + 1.3 A + 2(0.2 A) + 4(0.625 A) =

7 A + 1.6 A + 1.3 A + 1.3 A + 0.4 A + 2.5 A = 14.1 A @ 48 V = 677 W DC

• Power consumption for maximum configuration:

Base system + 8 FPCs + 4 SFMs + 2 host modules + 2 PCGs + 32 PICs =

10 A + 8(1.6 A) + 2(1.3 A) + 2(1.3 A) + 2(0.2 A) + 32(0.625 A) =

10 A + 12.8 A + 2.6 A + 2.6 A + 0.4 A + 20 A = 48.4 A @ 48 V = 2323 W DC

275

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

• Input current from a DC source other than 48 V (based on maximum configuration; applies to DC power supply only):

(54 VDC input) x (input current X) = (48 VDC input) x (input current Y)

54 x X = 48 x 50.8 A

X = 48 x 50.8 A/54 = 45.2 A

• System thermal output for maximally configured AC-powered router:

Watts DC/85% AC PEM efficiency/0.293 = BTU/hr

2323/0.85/0.293 = 9327 BTU/hr

• System thermal output for maximally configured DC-powered router:

105% of Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr

1.05 x 2323/0.293 = 8325 BTU/hr

NOTE: As indicated in the preceding list of calculations, even when maximally configured the router requires no more than 54 A of power.

If you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router, we recommend that you provision at least 54 A @ 48 VDC and use a facility circuit breaker rated for 70 A minimum. Doing so enables you to operate the router in any configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, and allows the router to function at full capacity using one power supply.

If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration and do not provision a 70 A circuit breaker, we recommend that you provision a circuit breaker rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the system draws at 48 V.

Documentation

•

Replacing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 211

•

•

•

includes the cable lug that attaches to the grounding cable (see Figure 128 on page 277)

M40e Chassis Grounding Specifications

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the router must be adequately grounded before power is connected.

A pair of threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the right rear of the chassis for connecting the router to earth ground.

Appendix D: Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications for the M40e Router

CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.

To ground AC-powered and DC-powered routers, connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points. The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. The accessory box shipped with the router

and the UNC 1/4–20 screws (American) used to secure the grounding cable to the

grounding points. (The cable lug shown in Figure 128 on page 277 is also used for the DC

power cables.) The grounding cable must be able to handle up to 68 A.

Figure 128: M40e DC Power and Grounding Cable Lug

The grounding cable must be 6-AWG (13.3 mm

) wire, minimum, or as permitted by the local code.

NOTE: Additional grounding is provided to an AC-powered router when you plug its power supplies into grounded AC power receptacles.

Documentation

•

Removing Components from the Chassis Before Installing the M40e Router Without a Lift on page 83

•

M40e AC Power, Connection, and Power Cord Specifications

Detachable AC power cords, each 2.5 m (approximately 8 ft) long, are supplied with the router. The C13 appliance coupler at the female end of the cord inserts into the AC appliance inlet coupler, type C19 as described by International Electrotechnical

Commission (IEC) standard 60320. The plug at the male end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle that is standard for your geographical location.

NOTE: The AC power source must supply 220 VAC power (nominal range

200–240 VAC), not 110 VAC power (nominal range 100–120 VAC).

277

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

WARNING: The AC power cord for the router is intended for use with the router only and not for any other use.

WARNING:

Translation from Japanese: The attached power cable is only for this product.

Do not use the cable for another product.

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m

(approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code

(NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical

Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords supplied with the router are in compliance.

Table 29 on page 278 provides specifications and Figure 129 on page 279 depicts the plug

on the AC power cord provided for each country or region.

Table 29: M40e AC Power Cord Specifications

Country Electrical Specification Plug Type

Australia

China

Europe (except Italy and United Kingdom)

Italy

North America

240 VAC, 50 Hz AC

220 VAC, 50 Hz AC

220 or 230 VAC, 50 Hz AC

230 VAC, 50 Hz AC

208 VAC, 60 Hz AC

SAA/3

CH2-16P

CEE 7/7

CEI 23-16

NEMA L6-20P

United Kingdom 240 VAC, 50 Hz AC BS89/13

Appendix D: Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications for the M40e Router

Figure 129: AC Plug Types

NOTE: Power cords and cables must not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

Documentation

•

Replacing an M40e AC Power Supply on page 211

•

•

Replacing an AC Power Cord on an M40e Power Supply on page 215

•

terminal studs of the circuit breaker box. (The cable lug shown in “M40e Chassis Grounding

M40e DC Power, Connection, and Cable Specifications

To supply power to the router, connect power cables to a separate, dedicated DC power source for each power supply and attach the cables to the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box.

The accessory box shipped with the router includes the cable lugs that attach to the

Specifications” on page 276 is also used for the grounding the chassis.)

Table 30 on page 279 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must

supply.

Table 30: Power Cable Specifications

Cable Type Quantity and Specification Connector Specification

Power Eight 4-AWG (21.2 mm

) (minimum) copper conductor, or as permitted by the local code.

Cable lug; dual hole, sized to fit

1/4-20 UNC terminal studs at

15.86-mm (0.625-in.) center line.

279

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on the circuit breaker box.

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

For other electrical safety information, see “General Electrical Safety

Guidelines and Warnings Electrical Codes for M Series, MX Series, and T

Series Routers” on page 251.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.

“M40e DC Power Distribution” on page 280 shows how to attach the power cables. The

power cables attach to the 1/4–20 UNC terminal studs located on the circuit breaker box— the input set of studs is labeled –48V and the return set is labeled RTN(+). The nuts and locking washers used to secure the power cable lugs on the terminal studs are preinstalled on the studs.

The tool for loosening or tightening the nuts on the terminal studs is a 7/16-in.

hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between

23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm).

Documentation

• Disconnecting and Connecting DC Power on the M40e Router

•

•

M40e DC Power Distribution

Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of terminal studs to the power distribution panel.

Appendix D: Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications for the M40e Router

Figure 130: M40e DC Power and Grounding Cable Connections

Documentation

• Disconnecting and Connecting DC Power on the M40e Router

•

Connecting DC Power to the M40e Router on page 120

•

281

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

APPENDIX E

Cable and Wire Guidelines and

Specifications for the M40e Router

•

Fiber-Optic Specifications and Guidelines for the M40e Router on page 283

•

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router on page 288

Fiber-Optic Specifications and Guidelines for the M40e Router

•

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e

Router on page 284

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e Router on page 284

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router

The router supports PICs that use various kinds of network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For information about the type of cable used by each

PIC, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide.

Documentation

•

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

283

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e Router

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally

(bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. LEDs are not coherent sources, however. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss (HOL) results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared to single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently more expensive.

The router uses optical lasers for SONET/SDH PIC single-mode interfaces. These optics comply with IR-1 of Bellcore GR-253-CORE Issue 2, December 1995 and ANSI TI.105.06.

For information about the maximum transmission distances and wavelength ranges supported by multimode and single-mode (ATM and SONET/SDH) PIC interfaces, see the M40e Multiservice Edge Router PIC Guide. Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.

Documentation

•

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. While attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.

Appendix E: Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications for the M40e Router

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal in time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.

• Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union

(ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.

Documentation

•

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e Router on page 284

•

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P

), you assume minimum transmitter power (P

) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P

= P

– P

285

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels

(dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):

Documentation

= P

– P

= –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)

= 13 dB

•

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e Router on page 284

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 31 on page 286 lists

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series Routers

After calculating a link's power budget you can calculate the power margin (P

), which represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget (P

). A worst-case estimate of P

M assumes maximum LL:

= P

– LL

A P

M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.

Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses (HOL), modal and

an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations.

For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.

Table 31: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Higher-order mode losses

Modal and chromatic dispersion

Connector

Single-mode—None

Multimode—0.5 dB

Single-mode—None

Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500 MHz-km

0.5 dB

Splice 0.5 dB

Appendix E: Cable and Wire Guidelines and Specifications for the M40e Router

Table 31: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss (continued)

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Fiber attenuation Single-mode—0.5 dB/km

Multimode—1 dB/km

The following example uses the estimated values in Table 31 on page 286 to calculate

link loss (LL) for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget (P

) of 13 dB:

• Fiber attenuation for 2 km @ 1.0 dB/km= 2 dB

• Loss for five connectors @ 0.5 dB per connector = 5(0.5 dB) = 2.5 dB

• Loss for two splices @ 0.5 dB per splice =2(0.5 dB) = 1 dB

• Higher-order mode loss = 0.5 dB

• Clock recovery module = 1 dB

The power margin (P

) is calculated as follows:

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 2 km (1.0 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB [HOL] – 1 dB [CRM]

= 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB – 1 dB

= 6 dB

The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget

) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from Table 31 on page 286 to calculate link loss

(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P

) is calculated as follows:

= P

– LL

= 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7(0.5 dB)

= 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB

= 5.5 dB

In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.

Documentation

•

Fiber-Optic and Network Cable Specifications for the M40e Router on page 283

•

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the M40e Router on page 284

287

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

•

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on M Series, MX Series, and T Series

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for M Series, MX Series, and T Series

•

console or management network. (For more information, see “M40e Routing Engine

Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for the M40e Router

For management and service operations, you connect the Routing Engine to an external

Description” on page 26.)

Table 32 on page 288 lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management

ports and the wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.

Table 32: M40e Routing Engine Interface Cable and Wire Specifications

Port Cable Specification Cable/Wire Supplied

Maximum

Length

Router

Receptacle

Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface

Routing Engine

Ethernet interface

Alarm relay contacts

RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable One 6-ft (1.83-m) length with DB-9/DB-9 connectors

6 ft (1.83 m) DB-9 male

Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for 100Base-T operation

One 15-ft (4.57-m) length with RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors

328 ft (100 m) RJ-45 autosensing

Wire with gauge between

24-AWG and 12-AWG (0.20 and

3.33 mm

)

No None —

Documentation

•

Replacing Connections to the M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 163

•

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the M40e Routing Engine MGMT Port on page 289

APPENDIX F

M40e Cable Connector Pinouts

•

•

DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the M40e Routing Engine AUX/MODEM and CONSOLE

Ports on page 290

•

RJ-48 Cable Pinouts for E1 and T1 PICs on the M40e Router on page 290

•

DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the M40e CIP BITS Input Ports on page 293

•

M40e X.21 and V.35 Cable Pinouts for EIA-530 PIC on page 294

•

M40e Fast Ethernet PIC 48-port Cable Pinouts on page 296

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the M40e Routing Engine MGMT Port

The port on the CIP labeled MGMT is an autosensing 10/100-Mbps Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing Engine to a

management LAN (or another device that supports out-of-band management). Table

33 on page 289 describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.

Table 33: RJ-45 Connector Pinout

Pin Signal

TX+

TX-

RX+

Termination network

RX-

Termination network

289

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

M40e Connector Interface Panel (CIP) Description on page 39

•

DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the M40e Routing Engine AUX/MODEM and CONSOLE

Ports

The ports on the CIP labeled AUX/MODEM and CONSOLE are DB-9 receptacles that accept RS-232 (EIA-232) cable. The AUX/MODEM port connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary unit, and the CONSOLE port connects it to a

management console. The ports are configured as data terminal equipment (DTE). Table

34 on page 290 describes the DB-9 connector pinouts.

Table 34: DB-9 Connector Pinout

Pin Signal Direction Description

DCD

RxD

<–

Carrier Detect

Receive Data

TxD

DTR

Ground

DSR

RTS

CTS

RING

–>

—

<–

–>

<–

Transmit Data

Data Terminal Ready

Signal Ground

Data Set Ready

Request To Send

Clear To Send

Ring Indicator

Documentation

•

Replacing Connections to the M40e Routing Engine Interface Ports on page 163

•

•

Table 35 on page 291, Table 36 on page 291, Table 37 on page 292, and Table 38 on page 292

RJ-48 Cable Pinouts for E1 and T1 PICs on the M40e Router

The E1 and T1 PICs use an RJ-48 cable, which is not supplied with the PIC.

CAUTION: To maintain agency approvals, use only a properly constructed, shielded cable.

Appendix F: M40e Cable Connector Pinouts

describe the RJ-48 connector pinouts.

Table 35: RJ-48 Connector to RJ-48 Connector (Straight) Pinout for the

Router

RJ-48 Pin (on T1/E1 PIC)

(Data numbering form)

RJ-48 Pin

(Data numbering form) Signal

RX, Ring, –

RX, Tip, +

TX, Ring, –

TX, Tip, +

No connect

Shield/Return/Ground

No connect

Table 36: RJ-48 Connector to RJ-48 Connector (Crossover) Pinout for the Router

RJ-48 Pin (on T1/E1 PIC)

(Data numbering form)

RJ-48 Pin

(Data numbering form) Signal

RX/Ring/– <––>TX/Ring/–

RX/Tip/+ <––>TX/Tip/+

TX/Ring/– <––>RX/Ring/–

TX/Tip/+ <––>RX/Tip/+

No connect

Shield/Return/Ground

No connect

291

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 37: RJ-48 Connector to DB-15 Connector (Straight) Pinout for the

Router

RJ-48 Pin (on T1/E1 PIC)

(Data numbering form)

DB-15 Pin

(Data numbering form) Signal

RX/Ring/– <––>RX/Ring/–

RX/Tip/+ <––>RX/Tip/+

TX/Ring/– <––>TX/Ring/–

TX/Tip/+ <––>TX/Tip/+

No connect

Shield/Return/Ground

No connect

Table 38: RJ-48 Connector to DB-15 Connector (Crossover) Pinout for the Router

DB-15 Pin

RJ-48 Pin (on T1/E1 PIC)

(Data numbering form)

(Data numbering form) Signal

RX/Ring/– <––>TX/Ring/–

RX/Tip/+ <––>TX/Tip/+

4 11 TX/Ring/– <––>RX/Ring/–

Appendix F: M40e Cable Connector Pinouts

Table 38: RJ-48 Connector to DB-15 Connector (Crossover) Pinout for the Router (continued)

RJ-48 Pin (on T1/E1 PIC)

(Data numbering form)

DB-15 Pin

(Data numbering form) Signal

No connect

TX/Tip/+ <––>RX/Tip/+

Shield/Return/Ground

No connect

Documentation

•

Installing a PIC Cable in an M40e Router on page 204

•

•

(EIA-232) cables. For more information, see “M40e Connector Interface Panel (CIP)

DB-9 Connector Pinouts for the M40e CIP BITS Input Ports

The ports on the CIP labeled BITS A and BITS B are DB-9 receptacles that accept RS-232

Description” on page 39. Table 39 on page 293 describes the DB-9 connector pinouts.

Table 39: DB-9 Connector Pinout for the M40e Router

Pin Signal

BITS input TIP

293

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 39: DB-9 Connector Pinout for the M40e Router (continued)

Pin Signal

BITS input RING

BITS output TIP

BITS output RING

Documentation

•

Replacing the CIP on the M40e Router on page 160

• M40e PIC Overview

•

equipment (DTE) 34-pin Winchester type male cable (one per port). Table 40 on page 294 describes the V.35 cable pinouts.

M40e X.21 and V.35 Cable Pinouts for EIA-530 PIC

The EIA-530 PIC accepts X.21 and V.35 cable connectors.

• A V.35 connection requires an DB-25 to V.35 cable and connects to a V.35 data terminal

• An X.21 connection requires an DB-25 to X.21 cable and connects to a X.21 DTE DB-15

male cable. Table 41 on page 295 describes the X.21 cable pinouts.

Figure 131: EIA-530 PIC

294

Table 40: DB-25 Connector to V.35 Connector Pinout for the M40e Router

DB-25 Pin Signal V.35 Pin Description

Transmit Data

Appendix F: M40e Cable Connector Pinouts

Table 40: DB-25 Connector to V.35 Connector Pinout for the M40e

Router (continued)

DB-25 Pin Signal V.35 Pin Description

RTS

CTS

Receive Data

Ready To Send

Clear To Send

FGND

GND

DSR

DTR

XTC

DCD

Data Set Ready

Data Terminal Ready

DTE Transmit Clock

Transmit Clock

Receive Clock

Protective Ground

Signal Ground

Data Carrier Detect

Table 41: DB-25 Connector to DB-15 (X.21) Connector Pinout for the M40e

Router

DB-25 Pin Signal DB-15 (X.21) Pin Description

FGND

GND

Protective Ground

Signal Ground

Transmit Data

Receive Data

295

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Table 41: DB-25 Connector to DB-15 (X.21) Connector Pinout for the M40e

Router (continued)

DB-25 Pin Signal DB-15 (X.21) Pin Description

Request To Send

Data Carrier Detect

Receive Clock

Documentation

•

Installing a PIC Cable in an M40e Router on page 204

•

•

Figure 132 on page 296), each of which accepts one of the four RJ-21 cables supplied with

M40e Fast Ethernet PIC 48-port Cable Pinouts

The Fast Ethernet 48-port PIC has four VHDCI connector ports on its faceplate (see

the PIC (see Figure 133 on page 297). Each VHDCI connector port supports 12 Ethernet

ports.

Figure 132: Fast Ethernet 48-port PIC

Appendix F: M40e Cable Connector Pinouts

Figure 133: VHDCI to RJ-21 Cable

Table 42 on page 297 describes the RJ-21 cable pinouts.

NOTE: RJ-21 pin numbers 25 and 50 do not appear in the table because they are ground connectors.

0, 12, 24, 36

1, 13, 25, 37

2, 14, 26, 38

3, 15, 27, 39

4, 16, 28, 40

5, 17, 29, 41

6, 18, 30, 42

7, 19, 31, 43

8, 20, 32, 44

9, 21, 33, 45

10, 22, 34, 46

11, 23, 35, 47

Table 42: RJ-21 Pin Assignments for the M40e Router

Ethernet Port Numbers RJ-21 Pin Assignment

RX -

TX +

TX -

RX +

Documentation

• M40e PIC Overview

•

Locating M40e Component Serial Numbers on page 299

297

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

APPENDIX G

Contacting Customer Support and

Returning M40e Hardware

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

Packing M40e Components for Shipment on page 310

•

Locating M40e Component Serial Numbers

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

M40e AC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label on page 300

•

M40e CIP Serial Number ID Label on page 301

•

M40e Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 302

•

M40e DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label on page 303

•

M40e FPC Serial Number ID Label on page 303

•

M40e MCS Serial Number ID Label on page 304

•

M40e PCG Serial Number ID Label on page 305

•

M40e PIC Serial Number ID Label on page 305

•

M40e Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label on page 306

•

M40e SFM Serial Number ID Label on page 306

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers

Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization

(RMA), you must find the serial number on the router or component. To list all the router components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface (CLI) command (the first sample output is for a CFEB, the second sample output is for a

CFEB-E): user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:

Item Version Part number Serial number Description

299

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Chassis M40e

Midplane REV 01 710-005071 AX3672

FPM CMB REV 03 710-001642 AS9746

FPM Display REV 03 710-001647 BC0067

CIP REV 04 710-002649 BB4452

PEM 0 Rev 01 740-003787 MC12384 Power Entry Module

PEM 1 Rev 01 740-003787 MC12396 Power Entry Module

PCG 0 REV 07 710-001568 AG1379

PCG 1 REV 07 710-001568 AG1313

Routing Engine 0 d8000007ca01 RE-2.0

Routing Engine 1

MCS 0 REV 11 710-001226 AS4709

SFM 0 SPP REV 07 710-001228 AF2247

SFM 0 SPR REV 05 710-002189 AF1847 Internet Processor II

SFM 1 SPP REV 07 710-001228 BE0175

SFM 1 SPR REV 05 710-002189 BE0201 Internet Processor II

FPC 1 REV 01 710-005078 BE0644 M40e-FPC Type 1

CPU REV 01 710-004600 AN4272

PIC 1 REV 03 750-004746 BC5190 2x CT3-NxDS0

PIC 2 REV 03 750-003034 HD2507 4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR

FPC 3 REV 01 710-005078 BE0665 M40e-FPC Type 1

CPU REV 01 710-004600 AN4300

PIC 0 REV 04 750-001895 HE0988 1x OC-12 SONET, MM

PIC 1 REV 04 750-001895 HE0821 1x OC-12 SONET, MM

PIC 2 REV 04 750-001895 HD8099 1x OC-12 SONET, MM

PIC 3 REV 04 750-001895 HE0806 1x OC-12 SONET, MM

FPC 6 REV 02 710-005197 BD9837 M40e-FPC Type 2

CPU REV 01 710-004600 AM7420

PIC 0 *** Hardware Not Supported ***

Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label (see Figure 134 on page 300) attached to the component body.

Figure 134: Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

in Figure 135 on page 301.

M40e AC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label on a AC power supply is located on the faceplate, as shown

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

Figure 135: AC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

M40e CIP Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label on the CIP is located at the top of the left side, as shown in

Figure 136 on page 302.

301

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 136: CIP Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

alarm LEDs, as shown in Figure 137 on page 302.

M40e Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label

The serial number on the craft interface is located on the back of the panel, behind the

Figure 137: Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label

302

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

in Figure 138 on page 303.

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

M40e DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label on a DC power supply is located on the faceplate, as shown

Figure 138: DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

The serial number ID label on an FPC is located on the right side, as shown in Figure 139 on page 304.

M40e FPC Serial Number ID Label

303

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Figure 139: FPC Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

The serial number on an MCS is located on the bottom at the left side, as shown in Figure

M40e MCS Serial Number ID Label

140 on page 304.

Figure 140: MCS Serial Number ID Label

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

shown in Figure 141 on page 305.

M40e PCG Serial Number ID Label

The serial number on a PCG is located on the top, close to the midplane connector, as

Figure 141: PCG Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

M40e PIC Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label for a PIC is located on the right side of the PIC, as shown in

Figure 142 on page 305.

Figure 142: PIC Serial Number ID Label

305

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Documentation

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

as shown in Figure 143 on page 306. Some Routing Engines might have more than one

M40e Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label on a Routing Engine is located on the left side, near the back,

serial number. Contact your Juniper Networks support representative if you need assistance in determining which serial number to provide.

Figure 143: Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

in Figure 144 on page 307.

M40e SFM Serial Number ID Label

The serial number ID label on an SFM is located on the left side of the top panel, as shown

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

Figure 144: SFM Serial Number ID Label

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

Contacting Customer Support

You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day,

7 days a week in one of the following ways:

• On the Web, using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/

• By telephone:

From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC

From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500

If contacting JTAC by phone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the # key if this is an existing case, or press the * key to be routed to the next available support engineer.

When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing case number, if you have one

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the router when the problem occurred

• Configuration data using one or more of the show commands

Documentation

•

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

307

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.

If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization

(RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.

NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be returned to the customer via collect freight.

For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html

For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical

Assistance Center (JTAC) using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the

United States).

To return a hardware component:

Determine the part number and serial number of the component.

Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC).

You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.

Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:

• Part number and serial number of component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number

• Description of the failure

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.

Pack the router or component for shipment.

Documentation

•

Displaying M40e Router Components and Serial Numbers on page 299

•

•

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router

To remove components from the router or the router from a rack, you need the following tools and parts:

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver, for detaching alarm relay terminal block

• 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver

• Blank panels to cover empty slots

• Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat, for each component

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

• Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• Mechanical lift, if available

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic interfaces or cable

• Wire cutters

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Packing M40e Components for Shipment on page 310

•

Packing the M40e Router for Shipment

To pack the router for shipment:

Retrieve the shipping crate and packing materials in which the router was originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials.

Shut down power to the router by pressing the power switch for all power supplies to the off (O) position. On an AC-powered router, the switch for each power supply is on the power supply faceplate. On a DC-powered router, the switches are on the circuit breaker box.

Routing Engine.)

Shut down power to the router by pressing the power switch for all power supplies to the off (O) position. On both AC and DC power supplies, the switch is located on the power supply faceplate.

309

M40e Multiservice Edge Router Hardware Guide

Disconnect power from the router. For instructions, see Disconnecting AC Power from the M40e Router or Disconnecting DC Power from the M40e Router.

Remove the cables that connect to all external devices. For instructions, see “Replacing

the M40e Management Ethernet Cable” on page 163, “Replacing the M40e Console

or Auxiliary Cable” on page 166, “Replacing Alarm Relay Wires on the M40e Router” on

page 167, and “Removing a PIC Cable from an M40e Router” on page 203.

Remove all Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) from the router.

Remove the router from the rack:

• If you are using a mechanical lift, place the lift platform under the router, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the rack, and move the router to the shipping crate.

• If you are not using a mechanical lift and the router weight is fully supported by a shelf or another router, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the rack.

Two people can then lift the router and move it to the shipping crate.

• If you are not using a mechanical lift and the router weight is not fully supported by a shelf or another router, two people should grasp the router while a third person unscrews and removes the mounting screws from the rack. The two lifters can then move the router to the shipping crate.

Place the router in the shipping crate or onto the pallet. If on a pallet, bolt the router to the pallet.

10.

Cover the router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the router.

11.

Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.

12.

Securely tape the box closed or place the crate cover over the router.

13.

Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•

Packing M40e Components for Shipment on page 310

Packing M40e Components for Shipment

To pack and ship individual components:

• When you return components, make sure they are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.

• Use the original shipping materials if they are available.

Appendix G: Contacting Customer Support and Returning M40e Hardware

• Place individual boards in electrostatic bags.

• Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

CAUTION: Do not stack any of the router components.

Documentation

•

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 308

•

•

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an M40e Router on page 309

•